diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 02776ffcf99..77a25066198 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,5 +1,39 @@ # Changelog +## [2.63.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.62.0...v2.63.0) (2022-09-27) + + +### Features + +* **admin:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/144cc44f83c5f4c685ddf538f3b2af8884c2679f ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **adsense:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7700e75b5bcd5caacdedff92060bb1c921195b8b ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **androidpublisher:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6c1c8840a001b9a517eebf7ba94d0063cc65c6cf ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **assuredworkloads:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/38f6bdc02559e8c2c6b0b6aa673fc442f32ea912 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **baremetalsolution:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/aa4b0e13b0f19414dbbc69c8dcddbba8f5dcb0fd ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **bigquery:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c4be0100f273105c2c32f81b742909f58c444cae ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **chromeuxreport:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4ec5814b3fc287669cc522ee2700a4c5767155d4 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **cloudbuild:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e58a7a14ea5e60ad022d44eb74cbf16bc7ced172 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **clouddeploy:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ba6cba013c8c2a312a3c23ea6d417ef9b0dbb474 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **cloudkms:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4a3ac99611de5eb738473b0e1f1a12395abacd34 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **composer:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/897fdef639aebd0cdcb740ca4ec3e86f7dd88d69 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **compute:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6a205afaed231dd686d703bc398355ce0ab25028 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **dataplex:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/74c6fd58e4d767696db644c72a0dbc8eae585303 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **dfareporting:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/686052c0b808783b6cfb657d1e000397ae61d718 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **dns:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f648b88510fc1fab8f70ff994092385bcbf74948 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **documentai:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e3e66ac69f7ece0b123dae3660afe384da6c3362 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **firestore:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/afd03ee211984f6fcac984b665d4d2136d2591d9 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **healthcare:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14020d79cffdf32dbe9e1ceba05e975ad1bbaee6 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **identitytoolkit:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5311cf958ab3e52a87759d9329f242db980ce40a ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **language:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1c0a0faa31007fae7319f6fdb08747eca2f8f174 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **monitoring:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6c2f068340abf51ae3e1c9f21bfd7a6ce312f7ad ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **networkconnectivity:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5e7fcb9123b777e3ddd5965d8e5bf8147c481744 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **networkmanagement:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/43ac616a1bad15634d03e94c3cc8c797cc383d2e ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **ondemandscanning:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/546cd30a23c433bcdd20dd09f3c7eae0719df1c4 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **recommender:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/58a7d6aecb461dff621cf2e489dbce563b8b60fc ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **run:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/47c7a75fb0f0be14309edd201d065677198480f3 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **securitycenter:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e7668dfe076d22468fedada6a9bfcce4626a0dd5 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) +* **youtube:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f9760216c101a6b3290c64851f3bde11429a5b42 ([6e17850](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e17850df1cc6b3ed8a2e8d5d17ac5f082d59326)) + ## [2.62.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.61.0...v2.62.0) (2022-09-20) diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.html index 686e7515ac6..06ef5acf913 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Admin SDK API . customers . chrome

Instance Methods

+

+ printServers() +

+

Returns the printServers Resource.

+

printers()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.printServers.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.printServers.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85cda5bc764 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customers.chrome.printServers.html @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ + + + +

Admin SDK API . customers . chrome . printServers

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchCreatePrintServers(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates multiple print servers.

+

+ batchDeletePrintServers(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes multiple print servers.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a print server.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a print server.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a print server's configuration.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists print server configurations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a print server's configuration.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchCreatePrintServers(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates multiple print servers.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to add multiple new print servers in a batch.
+  "requests": [ # Required. A list of `PrintServer` resources to be created (max `50` per batch).
+    { # Request for adding a new print server.
+      "parent": "A String", # Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`
+      "printServer": { # Configuration for a print server. # Required. A print server to create. If you want to place the print server under a specific organizational unit (OU), then populate the `org_unit_id`. Otherwise the print server is created under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/v1/guides/manage-org-units).
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+        "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+        "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "failures": [ # A list of create failures. `PrintServer` IDs are not populated, as print servers were not created.
+    { # Info about failures
+      "errorCode": "A String", # Canonical code for why the update failed to apply.
+      "errorMessage": "A String", # Failure reason message.
+      "printServer": { # Configuration for a print server. # Failed print server.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+        "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+        "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+      },
+      "printServerId": "A String", # ID of a failed print server.
+    },
+  ],
+  "printServers": [ # A list of successfully created print servers with their IDs populated.
+    { # Configuration for a print server.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+      "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+      "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ batchDeletePrintServers(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes multiple print servers.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{customer.id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to delete multiple existing print servers in a batch.
+  "printServerIds": [ # A list of print server IDs that should be deleted (max `100` per batch).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "failedPrintServers": [ # A list of update failures.
+    { # Info about failures
+      "errorCode": "A String", # Canonical code for why the update failed to apply.
+      "errorMessage": "A String", # Failure reason message.
+      "printServer": { # Configuration for a print server. # Failed print server.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+        "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+        "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+      },
+      "printServerId": "A String", # ID of a failed print server.
+    },
+  ],
+  "printServerIds": [ # A list of print server IDs that were successfully deleted.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a print server.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for a print server.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+  "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a print server.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+  "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a print server.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the print server to be deleted. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/chrome/printServers/{print_server.id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a print server's configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a print server.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+  "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists print server configurations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}` (required)
+  filter: string, Search query in [Common Expression Language syntax](https://github.com/google/cel-spec). Supported filters are `display_name`, `description`, and `uri`. Example: `printServer.displayName=='marketing-queue'`.
+  orderBy: string, Sort order for results. Supported values are `display_name`, `description`, or `create_time`. Default order is ascending, but descending order can be returned by appending "desc" to the `order_by` field. For instance, `orderBy=='description desc'` returns the print servers sorted by description in descending order.
+  orgUnitId: string, If `org_unit_id` is present in the request, only print servers owned or inherited by the organizational unit (OU) are returned. If the `PrintServer` resource's `org_unit_id` matches the one in the request, the OU owns the server. If `org_unit_id` is not specified in the request, all print servers are returned or filtered against.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of objects to return (default `100`, max `100`). The service might return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, A generated token to paginate results (the `next_page_token` from a previous call).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` in a request to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "printServers": [ # List of print servers.
+    { # Configuration for a print server.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+      "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+      "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a print server's configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for a print server.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+  "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. Some fields are read-only and cannot be updated. Values for unspecified fields are patched.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a print server.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the print server was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).
+  "id": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).
+  "uri": "A String", # Editable. Print server URI.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html index 85581b93e7c..f5354c4a1ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. Note that ad units can only be created for ad clients with an "AFC" product code. For more info see the [AdClient resource](https://developers.google.com/adsense/management/reference/rest/v2/accounts.adclients). For now, this method can only be used to create `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets an ad unit from a specified account and ad client.

@@ -95,12 +98,55 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. For now, this method can only be used to update `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. Note that ad units can only be created for ad clients with an "AFC" product code. For more info see the [AdClient resource](https://developers.google.com/adsense/management/reference/rest/v2/accounts.adclients). For now, this method can only be used to create `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Ad client to create an ad unit under. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+  "contentAdsSettings": { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Required. Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+    "size": "A String", # Required. Size of the ad unit. e.g. "728x90", "1x3" (for responsive ad units).
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the ad unit.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+  "state": "A String", # State of the ad unit.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+  "contentAdsSettings": { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Required. Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+    "size": "A String", # Required. Size of the ad unit. e.g. "728x90", "1x3" (for responsive ad units).
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the ad unit.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+  "state": "A String", # State of the ad unit.
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets an ad unit from a specified account and ad client.
@@ -198,6 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Response definition for the custom channels linked to an adunit list rpc. "customChannels": [ # The custom channels returned in this list response. { # Representation of a custom channel. + "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension. @@ -235,4 +282,45 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. For now, this method can only be used to update `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+  "contentAdsSettings": { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Required. Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+    "size": "A String", # Required. Size of the ad unit. e.g. "728x90", "1x3" (for responsive ad units).
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the ad unit.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+  "state": "A String", # State of the ad unit.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. If empty, a full update is performed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+  "contentAdsSettings": { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Required. Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+    "size": "A String", # Required. Size of the ad unit. e.g. "728x90", "1x3" (for responsive ad units).
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the ad unit.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+  "state": "A String", # State of the ad unit.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html index ca01cf349a2..0aca31d6073 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about the selected custom channel.

@@ -92,12 +98,65 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The ad client to create a custom channel under. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Representation of a custom channel.
+  "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of a custom channel.
+  "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the custom channel to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets information about the selected custom channel.
@@ -113,6 +172,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Representation of a custom channel. + "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension. @@ -138,6 +198,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response definition for the custom channel list rpc. "customChannels": [ # The custom channels returned in this list response. { # Representation of a custom channel. + "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension. @@ -208,4 +269,37 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Representation of a custom channel.
+  "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. If empty, a full update is performed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of a custom channel.
+  "active": True or False, # Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the custom channel.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+  "reportingDimensionId": "A String", # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index 7d196bf8516..10f9443fc13 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # Whether the keyguard is disabled. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # Whether the keyguard is disabled. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # Whether the keyguard is disabled. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # Whether the keyguard is disabled. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html index c53fc16a27d..68635d04f02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html @@ -125,6 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -224,6 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html index b02e635b88b..c76aa67b2b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html @@ -133,6 +133,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -219,6 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -300,6 +302,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -401,6 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -493,6 +497,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -591,6 +596,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, @@ -672,6 +678,7 @@

Method Details

"billingPeriodDuration": "A String", # Required. Subscription period, specified in ISO 8601 format. For a list of acceptable billing periods, refer to the help center. "gracePeriodDuration": "A String", # Grace period of the subscription, specified in ISO 8601 format. Acceptable values are P0D (zero days), P3D (3 days), P7D (7 days), P14D (14 days), and P30D (30 days). If not specified, a default value will be used based on the recurring period duration. "legacyCompatible": True or False, # Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription. + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": "A String", # Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string. "prorationMode": "A String", # The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE. "resubscribeState": "A String", # Whether users should be able to resubscribe to this base plan in Google Play surfaces. Defaults to RESUBSCRIBE_STATE_ACTIVE if not specified. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html index 0d1e324a2b8..570d10626ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

}, "expiryTime": "A String", # Time at which the subscription expired or will expire unless the access is extended (ex. renews). "prepaidPlan": { # Information related to a prepaid plan. # The item is prepaid. - "allowExtendAfterTime": "A String", # After this time, the subscription is allowed for a new top-up purchase. Not present if the subscription is already extended by a top-up purchase. + "allowExtendAfterTime": "A String", # If present, this is the time after which top up purchases are allowed for the prepaid plan. Will not be present for expired prepaid plans. }, "productId": "A String", # The purchased product ID (for example, 'monthly001'). }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index faa7d16b002..6e89dfe31ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Assured Workloads API . organizations . locations . workloads

Instance Methods

+

+ violations() +

+

Returns the violations Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4fdc0686e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Assured Workloads API . organizations . locations . workloads . violations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ acknowledge(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves Assured Workload Violation based on ID.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime=None, interval_startTime=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the Violations in the AssuredWorkload Environment. Callers may also choose to read across multiple Workloads as per [AIP-159](https://google.aip.dev/159) by using '-' (the hyphen or dash character) as a wildcard character instead of workload-id in the parent. Format `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/workloads/-`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ acknowledge(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Violation to acknowledge. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4
+  "comment": "A String", # Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement
+  "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for violation acknowledgement
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves Assured Workload Violation based on ID.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Violation to fetch (ie. Violation.name). Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Workload monitoring Violation.
+  "acknowledged": True or False, # A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged
+  "acknowledgementTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false.
+  "auditLogLink": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder}
+  "beginTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation.
+  "category": "A String", # Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc.
+  "description": "A String", # Output only. Description for the Violation. e.g. OrgPolicy gcp.resourceLocations has non compliant value.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id}
+  "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}
+  "orgPolicyConstraint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation.
+  "remediation": { # Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload # Output only. Compliance violation remediation
+    "compliantValues": [ # Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instructions": { # Instructions to remediate violation # Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations
+      "consoleInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console
+        "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "consoleUris": [ # Link to console page where violations can be resolved
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via cloud console
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "gcloudInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli
+        "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "gcloudCommands": [ # Gcloud command to resolve violation
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "remediationType": "A String", # Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated
+  },
+  "resolveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the violation
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime=None, interval_startTime=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the Violations in the AssuredWorkload Environment. Callers may also choose to read across multiple Workloads as per [AIP-159](https://google.aip.dev/159) by using '-' (the hyphen or dash character) as a wildcard character instead of workload-id in the parent. Format `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/workloads/-`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The Workload name. Format `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A custom filter for filtering by the Violations properties.
+  interval_endTime: string, The end of the time window.
+  interval_startTime: string, The start of the time window.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token returned from previous request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response of ListViolations endpoint.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next page token. Returns empty if reached the last page.
+  "violations": [ # List of Violations under a Workload.
+    { # Workload monitoring Violation.
+      "acknowledged": True or False, # A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged
+      "acknowledgementTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false.
+      "auditLogLink": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder}
+      "beginTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation.
+      "category": "A String", # Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. Description for the Violation. e.g. OrgPolicy gcp.resourceLocations has non compliant value.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id}
+      "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}
+      "orgPolicyConstraint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation.
+      "remediation": { # Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload # Output only. Compliance violation remediation
+        "compliantValues": [ # Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "instructions": { # Instructions to remediate violation # Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations
+          "consoleInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console
+            "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "consoleUris": [ # Link to console page where violations can be resolved
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via cloud console
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "gcloudInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli
+            "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "gcloudCommands": [ # Gcloud command to resolve violation
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "remediationType": "A String", # Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated
+      },
+      "resolveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the violation
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index dbe52dcb04a..fae286124f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -132,6 +132,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. + "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", ], @@ -253,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers. "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. - "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. + "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -271,19 +275,19 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers. "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations. - "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. + "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. + "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. + "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -343,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"workloads": [ # List of Workloads under a given parent. { # An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers. "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. - "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. + "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -361,19 +365,19 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers. "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations. - "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. + "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. + "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. + "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -438,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers. "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. - "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. + "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -456,19 +460,19 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers. "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations. - "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. + "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. + "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. + "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -516,7 +520,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers. "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. - "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. + "cjisSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. @@ -534,19 +538,19 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers. "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations. - "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. + "fedrampHighSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. + "fedrampModerateSettings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. }, }, - "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. + "il4Settings": { # Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. # Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4. "kmsSettings": { # Settings specific to the Key Management Service. # Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary. "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html index 13c18c0d91f..1f8bb7b4ec0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@

Assured Workloads API . organizations . locations . workloads . violations

Instance Methods

+

+ acknowledge(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -87,6 +90,32 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ acknowledge(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Violation to acknowledge. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4
+  "comment": "A String", # Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement
+  "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for violation acknowledgement
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -107,6 +136,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Workload monitoring Violation. + "acknowledged": True or False, # A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged + "acknowledgementTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false. "auditLogLink": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder} "beginTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation. "category": "A String", # Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc. @@ -114,6 +145,36 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id} "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} "orgPolicyConstraint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation. + "remediation": { # Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload # Output only. Compliance violation remediation + "compliantValues": [ # Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values + "A String", + ], + "instructions": { # Instructions to remediate violation # Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations + "consoleInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console + "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps + "A String", + ], + "consoleUris": [ # Link to console page where violations can be resolved + "A String", + ], + "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via cloud console + "A String", + ], + }, + "gcloudInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli + "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps + "A String", + ], + "gcloudCommands": [ # Gcloud command to resolve violation + "A String", + ], + "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "remediationType": "A String", # Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated + }, "resolveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the violation "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated. @@ -143,6 +204,8 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # The next page token. Returns empty if reached the last page. "violations": [ # List of Violations under a Workload. { # Workload monitoring Violation. + "acknowledged": True or False, # A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged + "acknowledgementTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false. "auditLogLink": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder} "beginTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation. "category": "A String", # Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc. @@ -150,6 +213,36 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id} "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} "orgPolicyConstraint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation. + "remediation": { # Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload # Output only. Compliance violation remediation + "compliantValues": [ # Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values + "A String", + ], + "instructions": { # Instructions to remediate violation # Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations + "consoleInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console + "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps + "A String", + ], + "consoleUris": [ # Link to console page where violations can be resolved + "A String", + ], + "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via cloud console + "A String", + ], + }, + "gcloudInstructions": { # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli # Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli + "additionalLinks": [ # Additional urls for more information about steps + "A String", + ], + "gcloudCommands": [ # Gcloud command to resolve violation + "A String", + ], + "steps": [ # Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "remediationType": "A String", # Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated + }, "resolveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the violation "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v1.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v1.html index 8ef6889750c..5465293ab75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v1.html @@ -79,11 +79,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

-

- projects() -

-

Returns the projects Resource.

-

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html index 1a7dd1ffef3..cfcfbf676ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -109,6 +109,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the provisioningQuotas Resource.

+

+ sshKeys() +

+

Returns the sshKeys Resource.

+

volumes()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 38ae563be10..942650575d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -83,6 +83,12 @@

Instance Methods

detachLun(instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Detach LUN from Instance.

+

+ disableInteractiveSerialConsole(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Disable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.

+

+ enableInteractiveSerialConsole(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Get details about a single server.

@@ -163,6 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"networks": [ # Output only. List of networks associated with this server. { # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -324,6 +331,88 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ disableInteractiveSerialConsole(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Disable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for disabling the interactive serial console on an instance.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ enableInteractiveSerialConsole(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Enable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for enabling the interactive serial console on an instance.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Get details about a single server.
@@ -382,6 +471,7 @@ 

Method Details

"networks": [ # Output only. List of networks associated with this server. { # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -535,6 +625,7 @@

Method Details

"networks": [ # Output only. List of networks associated with this server. { # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -698,6 +789,7 @@

Method Details

"networks": [ # Output only. List of networks associated with this server. { # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html index 32dab087ce1..609f8af536e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -187,6 +188,7 @@

Method Details

"networks": [ # The list of networks. { # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -264,6 +266,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Network with all used IP addresses. "network": { # A Network. # Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -347,6 +350,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Network. "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network. + "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address. "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend. "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured. "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones. @@ -398,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. The only currently supported fields are: `labels`, `reservations` + updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. The only currently supported fields are: `labels`, `reservations`, `vrf.vlan_attachments` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html index c41a1edc186..181e1c5ebef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A provisioning configuration. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -219,6 +220,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A provisioning configuration. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -338,6 +340,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A provisioning configuration. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -379,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -446,12 +449,13 @@

Method Details

Update existing ProvisioningConfig.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The name of the provisioning config. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A provisioning configuration.
   "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config.
+  "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config.
   "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages.
   "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover.
   "instances": [ # Instances to be created.
@@ -493,7 +497,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -566,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A provisioning configuration. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -607,7 +612,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -682,6 +687,7 @@

Method Details

"email": "A String", # Optional. Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. "provisioningConfig": { # A provisioning configuration. # Required. The ProvisioningConfig to create. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -723,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. @@ -796,6 +802,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response for SubmitProvisioningConfig. "provisioningConfig": { # A provisioning configuration. # The submitted provisioning config. "cloudConsoleUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to Cloud Console UI view of this provisioning config. + "customId": "A String", # Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config. "email": "A String", # Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages. "handoverServiceAccount": "A String", # A service account to enable customers to access instance credentials upon handover. "instances": [ # Instances to be created. @@ -837,7 +844,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Optional. Location name of this ProvisioningConfig. It is optional only for Intake UI transition period. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the provisioning config. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format. "networks": [ # Networks to be created. { # Configuration parameters for a new network. "bandwidth": "A String", # Interconnect bandwidth. Set only when type is CLIENT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.sshKeys.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.sshKeys.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c61afaf15f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.sshKeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ + + + +

Bare Metal Solution API . projects . locations . sshKeys

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, sshKeyId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Register a public SSH key in the specified project for use with the interactive serial console feature.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a public SSH key registered in the specified project.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the public SSH keys registered for the specified project. These SSH keys are used only for the interactive serial console feature.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, sshKeyId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Register a public SSH key in the specified project for use with the interactive serial console feature.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent containing the SSH keys. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An SSH key, used for authorizing with the interactive serial console feature.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this SSH key. Currently, the only valid value for the location is "global".
+  "publicKey": "A String", # The public SSH key. This must be in OpenSSH .authorized_keys format.
+}
+
+  sshKeyId: string, Required. The ID to use for the key, which will become the final component of the key's resource name. This value must match the regex: [a-zA-Z0-9@.\-_]{1,64}
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An SSH key, used for authorizing with the interactive serial console feature.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this SSH key. Currently, the only valid value for the location is "global".
+  "publicKey": "A String", # The public SSH key. This must be in OpenSSH .authorized_keys format.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a public SSH key registered in the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the SSH key to delete. Currently, the only valid value for the location is "global". (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the public SSH keys registered for the specified project. These SSH keys are used only for the interactive serial console feature.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent containing the SSH keys. Currently, the only valid value for the location is "global". (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response of ListSSHKeys.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "sshKeys": [ # The SSH keys registered in the project.
+    { # An SSH key, used for authorizing with the interactive serial console feature.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this SSH key. Currently, the only valid value for the location is "global".
+      "publicKey": "A String", # The public SSH key. This must be in OpenSSH .authorized_keys format.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index eb9b6b21d93..5854a14cb8c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createDisposition": "A String", # [Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "createSession": True or False, # If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode. "decimalTargetTypes": [ # [Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, ["BIGNUMERIC", "NUMERIC"] is the same as ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to ["NUMERIC", "STRING"] for ORC and ["NUMERIC"] for the other file formats. "A String", ], @@ -500,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed. "parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent. "query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job. - "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics. + "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics. "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any). "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated. { @@ -509,16 +510,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job. - "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. - "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. - "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. + "billingTier": 42, # [Output only] Billing tier for the job. + "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. + "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, "ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target. - "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. + "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Optional] The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, @@ -527,24 +528,24 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. + "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this row access policy. "policyId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the row access policy. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this row access policy. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table containing this row access policy. }, - "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, - "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. + "dmlStats": { # [Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements. "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements. "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements. }, - "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. - "mlStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. + "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. + "mlStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. "iterationResults": [ # Results for all completed iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. @@ -556,14 +557,14 @@

Method Details

], "maxIterations": "A String", # Maximum number of iterations specified as max_iterations in the 'CREATE MODEL' query. The actual number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. + "modelTraining": { # [Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. "currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress. "expectedTotalIterations": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Expected number of iterations for the create model query job specified as num_iterations in the input query. The actual total number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. - "queryPlan": [ # [Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query. + "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. + "queryPlan": [ # [Output only] Describes execution plan for the query. { "completedParallelInputs": "A String", # Number of parallel input segments completed. "computeMsAvg": "A String", # Milliseconds the average shard spent on CPU-bound tasks. @@ -606,27 +607,27 @@

Method Details

"writeRatioMax": 3.14, # Relative amount of time the slowest shard spent on writing output. }, ], - "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. + "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, ], - "referencedTables": [ # [Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. + "referencedTables": [ # [Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, ], - "reservationUsage": [ # [Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. + "reservationUsage": [ # [Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. { - "name": "A String", # [Output-only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. - "slotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. + "name": "A String", # [Output only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. + "slotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. }, ], - "schema": { # [Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. + "schema": { # [Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. "fields": [ # Describes the fields in a table. { "categories": { # [Optional] The categories attached to this field, used for field-level access control. @@ -654,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "searchStatistics": { # [Output-only] Search query specific statistics. + "searchStatistics": { # [Output only] Search query specific statistics. "indexUnusedReason": [ # When index_usage_mode is UNUSED or PARTIALLY_USED, this field explains why index was not used in all or part of the search query. If index_usage_mode is FULLLY_USED, this field is not populated. { "base_table": { # [Output-only] Specifies the base table involved in the reason that no search index was used. @@ -669,7 +670,7 @@

Method Details

], "indexUsageMode": "A String", # Specifies index usage mode for the query. }, - "sparkStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. + "sparkStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. "endpoints": { # [Output-only] Endpoints generated for the Spark job. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -681,7 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"spark_job_location": "A String", # [Output-only] Location where the Spark job is executed. }, "statementType": "A String", # The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "SELECT": SELECT query. "INSERT": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "UPDATE": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "DELETE": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "MERGE": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "ALTER_TABLE": ALTER TABLE query. "ALTER_VIEW": ALTER VIEW query. "ASSERT": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. "CREATE_FUNCTION": CREATE FUNCTION query. "CREATE_MODEL": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_PROCEDURE": CREATE PROCEDURE query. "CREATE_TABLE": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. "CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_VIEW": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . "DROP_FUNCTION" : DROP FUNCTION query. "DROP_PROCEDURE": DROP PROCEDURE query. "DROP_TABLE": DROP TABLE query. "DROP_VIEW": DROP VIEW query. - "timeline": [ # [Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. + "timeline": [ # [Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. { "activeUnits": "A String", # Total number of units currently being processed by workers. This does not correspond directly to slot usage. This is the largest value observed since the last sample. "completedUnits": "A String", # Total parallel units of work completed by this query. @@ -691,11 +692,11 @@

Method Details

"totalSlotMs": "A String", # Cumulative slot-ms consumed by the query. }, ], - "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. - "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. - "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. + "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes billed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes processed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. + "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. + "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. "undeclaredQueryParameters": [ # Standard SQL only: list of undeclared query parameters detected during a dry run validation. { "name": "A String", # [Optional] If unset, this is a positional parameter. Otherwise, should be unique within a query. @@ -880,6 +881,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createDisposition": "A String", # [Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "createSession": True or False, # If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode. "decimalTargetTypes": [ # [Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, ["BIGNUMERIC", "NUMERIC"] is the same as ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to ["NUMERIC", "STRING"] for ORC and ["NUMERIC"] for the other file formats. "A String", ], @@ -1191,7 +1193,7 @@

Method Details

"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed. "parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent. "query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job. - "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics. + "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics. "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any). "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated. { @@ -1200,16 +1202,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job. - "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. - "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. - "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. + "billingTier": 42, # [Output only] Billing tier for the job. + "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. + "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, "ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target. - "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. + "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Optional] The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, @@ -1218,24 +1220,24 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. + "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this row access policy. "policyId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the row access policy. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this row access policy. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table containing this row access policy. }, - "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, - "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. + "dmlStats": { # [Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements. "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements. "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements. }, - "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. - "mlStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. + "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. + "mlStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. "iterationResults": [ # Results for all completed iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. @@ -1247,14 +1249,14 @@

Method Details

], "maxIterations": "A String", # Maximum number of iterations specified as max_iterations in the 'CREATE MODEL' query. The actual number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. + "modelTraining": { # [Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. "currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress. "expectedTotalIterations": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Expected number of iterations for the create model query job specified as num_iterations in the input query. The actual total number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. - "queryPlan": [ # [Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query. + "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. + "queryPlan": [ # [Output only] Describes execution plan for the query. { "completedParallelInputs": "A String", # Number of parallel input segments completed. "computeMsAvg": "A String", # Milliseconds the average shard spent on CPU-bound tasks. @@ -1297,27 +1299,27 @@

Method Details

"writeRatioMax": 3.14, # Relative amount of time the slowest shard spent on writing output. }, ], - "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. + "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, ], - "referencedTables": [ # [Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. + "referencedTables": [ # [Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, ], - "reservationUsage": [ # [Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. + "reservationUsage": [ # [Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. { - "name": "A String", # [Output-only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. - "slotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. + "name": "A String", # [Output only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. + "slotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. }, ], - "schema": { # [Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. + "schema": { # [Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. "fields": [ # Describes the fields in a table. { "categories": { # [Optional] The categories attached to this field, used for field-level access control. @@ -1345,7 +1347,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "searchStatistics": { # [Output-only] Search query specific statistics. + "searchStatistics": { # [Output only] Search query specific statistics. "indexUnusedReason": [ # When index_usage_mode is UNUSED or PARTIALLY_USED, this field explains why index was not used in all or part of the search query. If index_usage_mode is FULLLY_USED, this field is not populated. { "base_table": { # [Output-only] Specifies the base table involved in the reason that no search index was used. @@ -1360,7 +1362,7 @@

Method Details

], "indexUsageMode": "A String", # Specifies index usage mode for the query. }, - "sparkStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. + "sparkStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. "endpoints": { # [Output-only] Endpoints generated for the Spark job. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1372,7 +1374,7 @@

Method Details

"spark_job_location": "A String", # [Output-only] Location where the Spark job is executed. }, "statementType": "A String", # The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "SELECT": SELECT query. "INSERT": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "UPDATE": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "DELETE": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "MERGE": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "ALTER_TABLE": ALTER TABLE query. "ALTER_VIEW": ALTER VIEW query. "ASSERT": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. "CREATE_FUNCTION": CREATE FUNCTION query. "CREATE_MODEL": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_PROCEDURE": CREATE PROCEDURE query. "CREATE_TABLE": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. "CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_VIEW": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . "DROP_FUNCTION" : DROP FUNCTION query. "DROP_PROCEDURE": DROP PROCEDURE query. "DROP_TABLE": DROP TABLE query. "DROP_VIEW": DROP VIEW query. - "timeline": [ # [Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. + "timeline": [ # [Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. { "activeUnits": "A String", # Total number of units currently being processed by workers. This does not correspond directly to slot usage. This is the largest value observed since the last sample. "completedUnits": "A String", # Total parallel units of work completed by this query. @@ -1382,11 +1384,11 @@

Method Details

"totalSlotMs": "A String", # Cumulative slot-ms consumed by the query. }, ], - "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. - "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. - "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. + "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes billed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes processed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. + "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. + "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. "undeclaredQueryParameters": [ # Standard SQL only: list of undeclared query parameters detected during a dry run validation. { "name": "A String", # [Optional] If unset, this is a positional parameter. Otherwise, should be unique within a query. @@ -1642,6 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createDisposition": "A String", # [Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "createSession": True or False, # If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode. "decimalTargetTypes": [ # [Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, ["BIGNUMERIC", "NUMERIC"] is the same as ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to ["NUMERIC", "STRING"] for ORC and ["NUMERIC"] for the other file formats. "A String", ], @@ -1953,7 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed. "parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent. "query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job. - "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics. + "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics. "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any). "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated. { @@ -1962,16 +1965,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job. - "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. - "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. - "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. + "billingTier": 42, # [Output only] Billing tier for the job. + "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. + "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, "ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target. - "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. + "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Optional] The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, @@ -1980,24 +1983,24 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. + "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this row access policy. "policyId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the row access policy. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this row access policy. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table containing this row access policy. }, - "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, - "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. + "dmlStats": { # [Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements. "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements. "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements. }, - "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. - "mlStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. + "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. + "mlStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. "iterationResults": [ # Results for all completed iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. @@ -2009,14 +2012,14 @@

Method Details

], "maxIterations": "A String", # Maximum number of iterations specified as max_iterations in the 'CREATE MODEL' query. The actual number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. + "modelTraining": { # [Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. "currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress. "expectedTotalIterations": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Expected number of iterations for the create model query job specified as num_iterations in the input query. The actual total number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. - "queryPlan": [ # [Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query. + "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. + "queryPlan": [ # [Output only] Describes execution plan for the query. { "completedParallelInputs": "A String", # Number of parallel input segments completed. "computeMsAvg": "A String", # Milliseconds the average shard spent on CPU-bound tasks. @@ -2059,27 +2062,27 @@

Method Details

"writeRatioMax": 3.14, # Relative amount of time the slowest shard spent on writing output. }, ], - "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. + "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, ], - "referencedTables": [ # [Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. + "referencedTables": [ # [Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, ], - "reservationUsage": [ # [Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. + "reservationUsage": [ # [Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. { - "name": "A String", # [Output-only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. - "slotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. + "name": "A String", # [Output only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. + "slotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. }, ], - "schema": { # [Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. + "schema": { # [Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. "fields": [ # Describes the fields in a table. { "categories": { # [Optional] The categories attached to this field, used for field-level access control. @@ -2107,7 +2110,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "searchStatistics": { # [Output-only] Search query specific statistics. + "searchStatistics": { # [Output only] Search query specific statistics. "indexUnusedReason": [ # When index_usage_mode is UNUSED or PARTIALLY_USED, this field explains why index was not used in all or part of the search query. If index_usage_mode is FULLLY_USED, this field is not populated. { "base_table": { # [Output-only] Specifies the base table involved in the reason that no search index was used. @@ -2122,7 +2125,7 @@

Method Details

], "indexUsageMode": "A String", # Specifies index usage mode for the query. }, - "sparkStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. + "sparkStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. "endpoints": { # [Output-only] Endpoints generated for the Spark job. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2134,7 +2137,7 @@

Method Details

"spark_job_location": "A String", # [Output-only] Location where the Spark job is executed. }, "statementType": "A String", # The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "SELECT": SELECT query. "INSERT": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "UPDATE": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "DELETE": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "MERGE": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "ALTER_TABLE": ALTER TABLE query. "ALTER_VIEW": ALTER VIEW query. "ASSERT": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. "CREATE_FUNCTION": CREATE FUNCTION query. "CREATE_MODEL": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_PROCEDURE": CREATE PROCEDURE query. "CREATE_TABLE": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. "CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_VIEW": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . "DROP_FUNCTION" : DROP FUNCTION query. "DROP_PROCEDURE": DROP PROCEDURE query. "DROP_TABLE": DROP TABLE query. "DROP_VIEW": DROP VIEW query. - "timeline": [ # [Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. + "timeline": [ # [Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. { "activeUnits": "A String", # Total number of units currently being processed by workers. This does not correspond directly to slot usage. This is the largest value observed since the last sample. "completedUnits": "A String", # Total parallel units of work completed by this query. @@ -2144,11 +2147,11 @@

Method Details

"totalSlotMs": "A String", # Cumulative slot-ms consumed by the query. }, ], - "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. - "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. - "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. + "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes billed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes processed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. + "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. + "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. "undeclaredQueryParameters": [ # Standard SQL only: list of undeclared query parameters detected during a dry run validation. { "name": "A String", # [Optional] If unset, this is a positional parameter. Otherwise, should be unique within a query. @@ -2308,6 +2311,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createDisposition": "A String", # [Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "createSession": True or False, # If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode. "decimalTargetTypes": [ # [Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, ["BIGNUMERIC", "NUMERIC"] is the same as ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to ["NUMERIC", "STRING"] for ORC and ["NUMERIC"] for the other file formats. "A String", ], @@ -2619,7 +2623,7 @@

Method Details

"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed. "parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent. "query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job. - "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics. + "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics. "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any). "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated. { @@ -2628,16 +2632,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job. - "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. - "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. - "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. + "billingTier": 42, # [Output only] Billing tier for the job. + "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. + "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, "ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target. - "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. + "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Optional] The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, @@ -2646,24 +2650,24 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. + "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this row access policy. "policyId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the row access policy. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this row access policy. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table containing this row access policy. }, - "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, - "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. + "dmlStats": { # [Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements. "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements. "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements. }, - "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. - "mlStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. + "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. + "mlStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. "iterationResults": [ # Results for all completed iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. @@ -2675,14 +2679,14 @@

Method Details

], "maxIterations": "A String", # Maximum number of iterations specified as max_iterations in the 'CREATE MODEL' query. The actual number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. + "modelTraining": { # [Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. "currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress. "expectedTotalIterations": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Expected number of iterations for the create model query job specified as num_iterations in the input query. The actual total number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. - "queryPlan": [ # [Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query. + "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. + "queryPlan": [ # [Output only] Describes execution plan for the query. { "completedParallelInputs": "A String", # Number of parallel input segments completed. "computeMsAvg": "A String", # Milliseconds the average shard spent on CPU-bound tasks. @@ -2725,27 +2729,27 @@

Method Details

"writeRatioMax": 3.14, # Relative amount of time the slowest shard spent on writing output. }, ], - "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. + "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, ], - "referencedTables": [ # [Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. + "referencedTables": [ # [Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, ], - "reservationUsage": [ # [Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. + "reservationUsage": [ # [Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. { - "name": "A String", # [Output-only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. - "slotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. + "name": "A String", # [Output only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. + "slotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. }, ], - "schema": { # [Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. + "schema": { # [Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. "fields": [ # Describes the fields in a table. { "categories": { # [Optional] The categories attached to this field, used for field-level access control. @@ -2773,7 +2777,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "searchStatistics": { # [Output-only] Search query specific statistics. + "searchStatistics": { # [Output only] Search query specific statistics. "indexUnusedReason": [ # When index_usage_mode is UNUSED or PARTIALLY_USED, this field explains why index was not used in all or part of the search query. If index_usage_mode is FULLLY_USED, this field is not populated. { "base_table": { # [Output-only] Specifies the base table involved in the reason that no search index was used. @@ -2788,7 +2792,7 @@

Method Details

], "indexUsageMode": "A String", # Specifies index usage mode for the query. }, - "sparkStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. + "sparkStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. "endpoints": { # [Output-only] Endpoints generated for the Spark job. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2800,7 +2804,7 @@

Method Details

"spark_job_location": "A String", # [Output-only] Location where the Spark job is executed. }, "statementType": "A String", # The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "SELECT": SELECT query. "INSERT": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "UPDATE": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "DELETE": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "MERGE": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "ALTER_TABLE": ALTER TABLE query. "ALTER_VIEW": ALTER VIEW query. "ASSERT": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. "CREATE_FUNCTION": CREATE FUNCTION query. "CREATE_MODEL": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_PROCEDURE": CREATE PROCEDURE query. "CREATE_TABLE": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. "CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_VIEW": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . "DROP_FUNCTION" : DROP FUNCTION query. "DROP_PROCEDURE": DROP PROCEDURE query. "DROP_TABLE": DROP TABLE query. "DROP_VIEW": DROP VIEW query. - "timeline": [ # [Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. + "timeline": [ # [Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. { "activeUnits": "A String", # Total number of units currently being processed by workers. This does not correspond directly to slot usage. This is the largest value observed since the last sample. "completedUnits": "A String", # Total parallel units of work completed by this query. @@ -2810,11 +2814,11 @@

Method Details

"totalSlotMs": "A String", # Cumulative slot-ms consumed by the query. }, ], - "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. - "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. - "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. + "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes billed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes processed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. + "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. + "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. "undeclaredQueryParameters": [ # Standard SQL only: list of undeclared query parameters detected during a dry run validation. { "name": "A String", # [Optional] If unset, this is a positional parameter. Otherwise, should be unique within a query. @@ -2997,6 +3001,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createDisposition": "A String", # [Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "createSession": True or False, # If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode. "decimalTargetTypes": [ # [Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, ["BIGNUMERIC", "NUMERIC"] is the same as ["NUMERIC", "BIGNUMERIC"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to ["NUMERIC", "STRING"] for ORC and ["NUMERIC"] for the other file formats. "A String", ], @@ -3313,7 +3318,7 @@

Method Details

"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed. "parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent. "query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job. - "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics. + "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics. "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any). "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated. { @@ -3322,16 +3327,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job. - "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. - "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. - "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. + "billingTier": 42, # [Output only] Billing tier for the job. + "cacheHit": True or False, # [Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache. + "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, "ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target. - "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. + "ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Optional] The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, @@ -3340,24 +3345,24 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. + "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { # [Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this row access policy. "policyId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the row access policy. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this row access policy. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table containing this row access policy. }, - "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. + "ddlTargetTable": { # [Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, - "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. + "dmlStats": { # [Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE. "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements. "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements. "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements. }, - "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. - "mlStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. + "estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job. + "mlStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job. "iterationResults": [ # Results for all completed iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. @@ -3369,14 +3374,14 @@

Method Details

], "maxIterations": "A String", # Maximum number of iterations specified as max_iterations in the 'CREATE MODEL' query. The actual number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. + "modelTraining": { # [Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress. "currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress. "expectedTotalIterations": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Expected number of iterations for the create model query job specified as num_iterations in the input query. The actual total number of iterations may be less than this number due to early stop. }, - "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. - "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. - "queryPlan": [ # [Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query. + "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": 42, # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": "A String", # [Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use. + "numDmlAffectedRows": "A String", # [Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. + "queryPlan": [ # [Output only] Describes execution plan for the query. { "completedParallelInputs": "A String", # Number of parallel input segments completed. "computeMsAvg": "A String", # Milliseconds the average shard spent on CPU-bound tasks. @@ -3419,27 +3424,27 @@

Method Details

"writeRatioMax": 3.14, # Relative amount of time the slowest shard spent on writing output. }, ], - "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. + "referencedRoutines": [ # [Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, ], - "referencedTables": [ # [Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. + "referencedTables": [ # [Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list. { "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, ], - "reservationUsage": [ # [Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. + "reservationUsage": [ # [Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation. { - "name": "A String", # [Output-only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. - "slotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. + "name": "A String", # [Output only] Reservation name or "unreserved" for on-demand resources usage. + "slotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation. }, ], - "schema": { # [Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. + "schema": { # [Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries. "fields": [ # Describes the fields in a table. { "categories": { # [Optional] The categories attached to this field, used for field-level access control. @@ -3467,7 +3472,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "searchStatistics": { # [Output-only] Search query specific statistics. + "searchStatistics": { # [Output only] Search query specific statistics. "indexUnusedReason": [ # When index_usage_mode is UNUSED or PARTIALLY_USED, this field explains why index was not used in all or part of the search query. If index_usage_mode is FULLLY_USED, this field is not populated. { "base_table": { # [Output-only] Specifies the base table involved in the reason that no search index was used. @@ -3482,7 +3487,7 @@

Method Details

], "indexUsageMode": "A String", # Specifies index usage mode for the query. }, - "sparkStatistics": { # [Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. + "sparkStatistics": { # [Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job. "endpoints": { # [Output-only] Endpoints generated for the Spark job. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -3494,7 +3499,7 @@

Method Details

"spark_job_location": "A String", # [Output-only] Location where the Spark job is executed. }, "statementType": "A String", # The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "SELECT": SELECT query. "INSERT": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "UPDATE": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "DELETE": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "MERGE": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. "ALTER_TABLE": ALTER TABLE query. "ALTER_VIEW": ALTER VIEW query. "ASSERT": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. "CREATE_FUNCTION": CREATE FUNCTION query. "CREATE_MODEL": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_PROCEDURE": CREATE PROCEDURE query. "CREATE_TABLE": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. "CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . "CREATE_VIEW": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . "DROP_FUNCTION" : DROP FUNCTION query. "DROP_PROCEDURE": DROP PROCEDURE query. "DROP_TABLE": DROP TABLE query. "DROP_VIEW": DROP VIEW query. - "timeline": [ # [Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. + "timeline": [ # [Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution. { "activeUnits": "A String", # Total number of units currently being processed by workers. This does not correspond directly to slot usage. This is the largest value observed since the last sample. "completedUnits": "A String", # Total parallel units of work completed by this query. @@ -3504,11 +3509,11 @@

Method Details

"totalSlotMs": "A String", # Cumulative slot-ms consumed by the query. }, ], - "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job. - "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. - "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. - "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. + "totalBytesBilled": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes billed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total bytes processed for the job. + "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": "A String", # [Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost. + "totalPartitionsProcessed": "A String", # [Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job. + "totalSlotMs": "A String", # [Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job. "undeclaredQueryParameters": [ # Standard SQL only: list of undeclared query parameters detected during a dry run validation. { "name": "A String", # [Optional] If unset, this is a positional parameter. Otherwise, should be unique within a query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html index b3dfcbfd1d9..c19e8cb76a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html @@ -770,9 +770,9 @@

Method Details

"optimalTrialIds": [ # Output only. For single-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it only contains the best trial. For multi-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it contains all Pareto optimal trials sorted by trial_id. "A String", ], - "trainingRuns": [ # Output only. Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. + "trainingRuns": [ # Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. { # Information about a single training query run for the model. - "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. + "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. + "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Output only. Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. "evaluationTable": { # Table reference of the evaluation data after split. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@

Method Details

"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, }, - "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. + "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # Output only. The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. "arimaForecastingMetrics": { # Model evaluation metrics for ARIMA forecasting models. # Populated for ARIMA models. "arimaFittingMetrics": [ # Arima model fitting metrics. { # ARIMA model fitting metrics. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE. }, }, - "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. + "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. { # Explanation for a single feature. @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. + "results": [ # Output only. Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. "evalLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the eval data at the end of iteration. @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@

Method Details

"trainingLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the training data at the end of iteration. }, ], - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run. - "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run. + "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Output only. Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. "adjustStepChanges": True or False, # If true, detect step changes and make data adjustment in the input time series. "autoArima": True or False, # Whether to enable auto ARIMA or not. "autoArimaMaxOrder": "A String", # The max value of non-seasonal p and q. @@ -1047,9 +1047,9 @@

Method Details

"walsAlpha": 3.14, # Hyperparameter for matrix factoration when implicit feedback type is specified. "warmStart": True or False, # Whether to train a model from the last checkpoint. }, - "trainingStartTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. + "trainingStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. "vertexAiModelId": "A String", # The model id in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run - "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run + "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # Output only. The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run }, ], }
@@ -1719,9 +1719,9 @@

Method Details

"optimalTrialIds": [ # Output only. For single-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it only contains the best trial. For multi-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it contains all Pareto optimal trials sorted by trial_id. "A String", ], - "trainingRuns": [ # Output only. Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. + "trainingRuns": [ # Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. { # Information about a single training query run for the model. - "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. + "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. + "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Output only. Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. "evaluationTable": { # Table reference of the evaluation data after split. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@

Method Details

"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, }, - "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. + "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # Output only. The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. "arimaForecastingMetrics": { # Model evaluation metrics for ARIMA forecasting models. # Populated for ARIMA models. "arimaFittingMetrics": [ # Arima model fitting metrics. { # ARIMA model fitting metrics. @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE. }, }, - "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. + "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. { # Explanation for a single feature. @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. + "results": [ # Output only. Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. "evalLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the eval data at the end of iteration. @@ -1912,8 +1912,8 @@

Method Details

"trainingLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the training data at the end of iteration. }, ], - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run. - "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run. + "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Output only. Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. "adjustStepChanges": True or False, # If true, detect step changes and make data adjustment in the input time series. "autoArima": True or False, # Whether to enable auto ARIMA or not. "autoArimaMaxOrder": "A String", # The max value of non-seasonal p and q. @@ -1996,9 +1996,9 @@

Method Details

"walsAlpha": 3.14, # Hyperparameter for matrix factoration when implicit feedback type is specified. "warmStart": True or False, # Whether to train a model from the last checkpoint. }, - "trainingStartTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. + "trainingStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. "vertexAiModelId": "A String", # The model id in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run - "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run + "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # Output only. The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run }, ], }, @@ -2681,9 +2681,9 @@

Method Details

"optimalTrialIds": [ # Output only. For single-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it only contains the best trial. For multi-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it contains all Pareto optimal trials sorted by trial_id. "A String", ], - "trainingRuns": [ # Output only. Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. + "trainingRuns": [ # Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. { # Information about a single training query run for the model. - "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. + "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. + "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Output only. Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. "evaluationTable": { # Table reference of the evaluation data after split. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@

Method Details

"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, }, - "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. + "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # Output only. The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. "arimaForecastingMetrics": { # Model evaluation metrics for ARIMA forecasting models. # Populated for ARIMA models. "arimaFittingMetrics": [ # Arima model fitting metrics. { # ARIMA model fitting metrics. @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@

Method Details

"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE. }, }, - "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. + "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. { # Explanation for a single feature. @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. + "results": [ # Output only. Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. "evalLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the eval data at the end of iteration. @@ -2874,8 +2874,8 @@

Method Details

"trainingLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the training data at the end of iteration. }, ], - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run. - "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run. + "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Output only. Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. "adjustStepChanges": True or False, # If true, detect step changes and make data adjustment in the input time series. "autoArima": True or False, # Whether to enable auto ARIMA or not. "autoArimaMaxOrder": "A String", # The max value of non-seasonal p and q. @@ -2958,9 +2958,9 @@

Method Details

"walsAlpha": 3.14, # Hyperparameter for matrix factoration when implicit feedback type is specified. "warmStart": True or False, # Whether to train a model from the last checkpoint. }, - "trainingStartTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. + "trainingStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. "vertexAiModelId": "A String", # The model id in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run - "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run + "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # Output only. The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run }, ], } @@ -3618,9 +3618,9 @@

Method Details

"optimalTrialIds": [ # Output only. For single-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it only contains the best trial. For multi-objective [hyperparameter tuning](/bigquery-ml/docs/reference/standard-sql/bigqueryml-syntax-hp-tuning-overview) models, it contains all Pareto optimal trials sorted by trial_id. "A String", ], - "trainingRuns": [ # Output only. Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. + "trainingRuns": [ # Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time. { # Information about a single training query run for the model. - "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. + "classLevelGlobalExplanations": [ # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only. { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. @@ -3631,7 +3631,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. + "dataSplitResult": { # Data split result. This contains references to the training and evaluation data tables that were used to train the model. # Output only. Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split. "evaluationTable": { # Table reference of the evaluation data after split. "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table. "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table. @@ -3648,7 +3648,7 @@

Method Details

"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. }, }, - "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. + "evaluationMetrics": { # Evaluation metrics of a model. These are either computed on all training data or just the eval data based on whether eval data was used during training. These are not present for imported models. # Output only. The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training. "arimaForecastingMetrics": { # Model evaluation metrics for ARIMA forecasting models. # Populated for ARIMA models. "arimaFittingMetrics": [ # Arima model fitting metrics. { # ARIMA model fitting metrics. @@ -3793,7 +3793,7 @@

Method Details

"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE. }, }, - "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. + "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training. # Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models. "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order. "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order. { # Explanation for a single feature. @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. + "results": [ # Output only. Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations. { "durationMs": "A String", # Time taken to run the iteration in milliseconds. "evalLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the eval data at the end of iteration. @@ -3811,8 +3811,8 @@

Method Details

"trainingLoss": 3.14, # Loss computed on the training data at the end of iteration. }, ], - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run. - "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run. + "trainingOptions": { # Options used in model training. # Output only. Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used. "adjustStepChanges": True or False, # If true, detect step changes and make data adjustment in the input time series. "autoArima": True or False, # Whether to enable auto ARIMA or not. "autoArimaMaxOrder": "A String", # The max value of non-seasonal p and q. @@ -3895,9 +3895,9 @@

Method Details

"walsAlpha": 3.14, # Hyperparameter for matrix factoration when implicit feedback type is specified. "warmStart": True or False, # Whether to train a model from the last checkpoint. }, - "trainingStartTime": "A String", # The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. + "trainingStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch. "vertexAiModelId": "A String", # The model id in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run - "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run + "vertexAiModelVersion": "A String", # Output only. The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.certificateMaps.html b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.certificateMaps.html index 5e083e35c43..7908790c5f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.certificateMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.certificateMaps.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines a collection of certificate configurations. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a Certificate Map. "description": "A String", # One or more paragraphs of text description of a certificate map. - "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. + "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. A Target Proxy is only present on this list if it's attached to a Forwarding Rule. { # Describes a Target Proxy which uses this Certificate Map. "ipConfigs": [ # Output only. IP configurations for this Target Proxy where the Certificate Map is serving. { # Defines IP configuration where this Certificate Map is serving. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines a collection of certificate configurations. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a Certificate Map. "description": "A String", # One or more paragraphs of text description of a certificate map. - "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. + "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. A Target Proxy is only present on this list if it's attached to a Forwarding Rule. { # Describes a Target Proxy which uses this Certificate Map. "ipConfigs": [ # Output only. IP configurations for this Target Proxy where the Certificate Map is serving. { # Defines IP configuration where this Certificate Map is serving. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines a collection of certificate configurations. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a Certificate Map. "description": "A String", # One or more paragraphs of text description of a certificate map. - "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. + "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. A Target Proxy is only present on this list if it's attached to a Forwarding Rule. { # Describes a Target Proxy which uses this Certificate Map. "ipConfigs": [ # Output only. IP configurations for this Target Proxy where the Certificate Map is serving. { # Defines IP configuration where this Certificate Map is serving. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines a collection of certificate configurations. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a Certificate Map. "description": "A String", # One or more paragraphs of text description of a certificate map. - "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. + "gclbTargets": [ # Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. A Target Proxy is only present on this list if it's attached to a Forwarding Rule. { # Describes a Target Proxy which uses this Certificate Map. "ipConfigs": [ # Output only. IP configurations for this Target Proxy where the Certificate Map is serving. { # Defines IP configuration where this Certificate Map is serving. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromeuxreport_v1.records.html b/docs/dyn/chromeuxreport_v1.records.html index b78bc990521..c475d828339 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chromeuxreport_v1.records.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chromeuxreport_v1.records.html @@ -114,6 +114,18 @@

Method Details

{ # Response payload sent back to a physical web client. This response contains the record found based on the identiers present in a `QueryRequest`. The returned response will have a record, and sometimes details on normalization actions taken on the request that were necessary to make the request successful. "record": { # Record is a single Chrome UX report data record. It contains use experience statistics for a single url pattern and set of dimensions. # The record that was found. + "collectionPeriod": { # The collection period is a date range which includes the `first` and `last` day. # The collection period indicates when the data reflected in this record was collected. + "firstDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The first day in the collection period, inclusive. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "lastDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The last day in the collection period, inclusive. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + }, "key": { # Key defines all the dimensions that identify this record as unique. # Key defines all of the unique querying parameters needed to look up a user experience record. "effectiveConnectionType": "A String", # The effective connection type is the general connection class that all users experienced for this record. This field uses the values ["offline", "slow-2G", "2G", "3G", "4G"] as specified in: https://wicg.github.io/netinfo/#effective-connection-types If the effective connection type is unspecified, then aggregated data over all effective connection types will be returned. "formFactor": "A String", # The form factor is the device class that all users used to access the site for this record. If the form factor is unspecified, then aggregated data over all form factors will be returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.connectedRepositories.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.connectedRepositories.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb5cd30080f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.connectedRepositories.html @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + + + +

Cloud Build API . projects . locations . gitLabConfigs . connectedRepositories

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Batch connecting GitLab repositories to Cloud Build. This API is experimental.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Batch connecting GitLab repositories to Cloud Build. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the `GitLabConfig` that adds connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # RPC request object accepted by BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.
+  "requests": [ # Required. Requests to connect GitLab repositories.
+    { # Request to connect a repository from a connected GitLab host.
+      "gitlabConnectedRepository": { # GitLabConnectedRepository represents a GitLab connected repository request response. # Required. The GitLab repository to connect.
+        "parent": "A String", # The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`
+        "repo": { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise # The GitLab repositories to connect.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+          "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+        },
+        "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The status of the repo connection request.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+      },
+      "parent": "A String", # Required. The name of the `GitLabConfig` that adds connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1c43701619 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ + + + +

Cloud Build API . projects . locations . gitLabConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ connectedRepositories() +

+

Returns the connectedRepositories Resource.

+ +

+ repos() +

+

Returns the repos Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, gitlabConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all `GitLabConfigs` for a given project. This API is experimental

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an existing `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental

+

+ removeGitLabConnectedRepository(config, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Remove a GitLab repository from a given GitLabConfig's connected repositories. This API is experimental.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, gitlabConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the parent resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration.
+  "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config.
+    { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+      "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created.
+  "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config.
+    "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host.
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance.
+      "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}.
+    },
+    "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config.
+  "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config.
+    "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version
+    "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build.
+    "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version
+    "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig.
+  },
+  "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use.
+  "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config.
+}
+
+  gitlabConfigId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the GitLabConfig, which will become the final component of the GitLabConfig’s resource name. gitlab_config_id must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The config resource name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The config resource name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration.
+  "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config.
+    { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+      "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created.
+  "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config.
+    "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host.
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance.
+      "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}.
+    },
+    "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config.
+  "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config.
+    "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version
+    "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build.
+    "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version
+    "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig.
+  },
+  "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use.
+  "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all `GitLabConfigs` for a given project. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the parent resource (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of configs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 configs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000;, values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous ‘ListGitlabConfigsRequest’ call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ‘ListGitlabConfigsRequest’ must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # RPC response object returned by ListGitLabConfigs RPC method.
+  "gitlabConfigs": [ # A list of GitLabConfigs
+    { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration.
+      "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config.
+        { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+          "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created.
+      "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config.
+        "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host.
+        "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance.
+          "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}.
+        },
+        "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config.
+      "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config.
+        "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version
+        "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build.
+        "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version
+        "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig.
+      },
+      "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use.
+      "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an existing `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name for the config. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration.
+  "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config.
+    { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+      "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created.
+  "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config.
+    "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host.
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance.
+      "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}.
+    },
+    "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config.
+  "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config.
+    "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version
+    "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build.
+    "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version
+    "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig.
+  },
+  "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use.
+  "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Update mask for the resource. If this is set, the server will only update the fields specified in the field mask. Otherwise, a full update of the mutable resource fields will be performed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ removeGitLabConnectedRepository(config, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Remove a GitLab repository from a given GitLabConfig's connected repositories. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+  config: string, Required. The name of the `GitLabConfig` to remove a connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # RPC request object accepted by RemoveGitLabConnectedRepository RPC method.
+  "connectedRepository": { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise # The connected repository to remove.
+    "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+    "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.repos.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.repos.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ce43d2b46d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.repos.html @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + + + +

Cloud Build API . projects . locations . gitLabConfigs . repos

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all repositories for a given `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all repositories for a given `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the parent resource. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous ListGitLabRepositoriesRequest` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGitLabRepositoriesRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # RPC response object returned by the ListGitLabRepositories RPC method.
+  "gitlabRepositories": [ # List of GitLab repositories
+    { # Proto Representing a GitLabRepository
+      "browseUri": "A String", # Link to the browse repo page on the GitLab instance
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the repository
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the repository
+      "name": "A String", # The resource name of the repository
+      "repositoryId": { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise # Identifier for a repository
+        "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID
+        "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html index 44a4d690402..6e4d21ad7a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the builds Resource.

+

+ gitLabConfigs() +

+

Returns the gitLabConfigs Resource.

+

githubEnterpriseConfigs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index fc2052e8079..08469375a15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -433,6 +433,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -807,6 +846,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1209,6 +1287,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1595,6 +1712,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1986,6 +2142,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -2361,6 +2556,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 729682f69cf..442d919a80b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -433,6 +433,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -807,6 +846,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1209,6 +1287,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1595,6 +1712,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -1987,6 +2143,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", @@ -2360,6 +2555,45 @@

Method Details

"tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax }, }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { # GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received. # GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received. + "gitlabConfig": { # GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration. # Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field. + "connectedRepositories": [ # Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config. + { # GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise + "id": "A String", # Required. Identifier for the repository. example: "namespace/project-slug", namespace is usually the username or group ID + "webhookId": 42, # Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the config was created. + "enterpriseConfig": { # GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration. # Optional. GitLabEnterprise config. + "hostUri": "A String", # Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection. # The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance. + "service": "A String", # The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCa": "A String", # The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances. + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name for the config. + "secrets": { # GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration. # Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config. + "apiAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the api access token’s secret version + "apiKeyVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build. + "readAccessTokenVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name for the read access token’s secret version + "webhookSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret’s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig. + }, + "username": "A String", # Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use. + "webhookKey": "A String", # Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config. + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": "A String", # The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to. + "projectNamespace": "A String", # Namespace of the GitLab project. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger. "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html index 7ce7e805b0b..63ae5ed6dfe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response object from `ListDeliveryPipelines`. "deliveryPipelines": [ # The `DeliveryPipeline` objects. { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html index 91ceea1c2a2..d8284b9cc7e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Release` was created. "deliveryPipelineSnapshot": { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. # Output only. Snapshot of the parent pipeline taken at release creation time. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Release` was created. "deliveryPipelineSnapshot": { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. # Output only. Snapshot of the parent pipeline taken at release creation time. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Release` was created. "deliveryPipelineSnapshot": { # A `DeliveryPipeline` resource in the Google Cloud Deploy API. A `DeliveryPipeline` defines a pipeline through which a Skaffold configuration can progress. # Output only. Snapshot of the parent pipeline taken at release creation time. - "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. + "annotations": { # User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. "a_key": "A String", }, "condition": { # PipelineCondition contains all conditions relevant to a Delivery Pipeline. # Output only. Information around the state of the Delivery Pipeline. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html index 9e5af616b4a..3c2096c0951 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html @@ -112,6 +112,15 @@

Method Details

"build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to deploy. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the deploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. + "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. + "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. + "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. + "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, }, "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `JobRun` ended. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -157,6 +166,15 @@

Method Details

"build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to deploy. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the deploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. + "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. + "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. + "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. + "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, }, "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `JobRun` ended. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.ekmConfig.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.ekmConfig.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dd6f483059 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.ekmConfig.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

Cloud Key Management Service (KMS) API . projects . locations . ekmConfig

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html index 328147564ad..a25dbd648d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Cloud Key Management Service (KMS) API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ ekmConfig() +

+

Returns the ekmConfig Resource.

+

ekmConnections()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagBindings.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagBindings.html index 4aeb06d16c1..a04987b1bb9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagBindings.html @@ -179,8 +179,8 @@

Method Details

Lists the TagBindings for the given cloud resource, as specified with `parent`. NOTE: The `parent` field is expected to be a full resource name: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of TagBindings to return in the response. The server allows a maximum of 300 TagBindings to return. If unspecified, the server will use 100 as the default. Currently this api returns unpaginated response and `page_size` is ignored.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListTagBindings` that indicates where this listing should continue from. Currently this api returns unpaginated response and `page_token` is ignored.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of TagBindings to return in the response. The server allows a maximum of 300 TagBindings to return. If unspecified, the server will use 100 as the default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListTagBindings` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
   parent: string, Required. The full resource name of a resource for which you want to list existing TagBindings. E.g. "//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/123"
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
index eac2fb00891..ebceb0b8948 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -221,6 +221,9 @@ 

Method Details

"cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block "enablePrivateEnvironment": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. "enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`. + "networkingConfig": { # Configuration options for networking connections in the Composer 2 environment. # Optional. Configuration for the network connections configuration in the environment. + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user requested specifc connection type between Tenant and Customer projects. You cannot set networking connection type in public IP environment. + }, "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied. "masterIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of '172.16.0.0/23' is used. @@ -420,6 +423,9 @@

Method Details

"cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block "enablePrivateEnvironment": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. "enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`. + "networkingConfig": { # Configuration options for networking connections in the Composer 2 environment. # Optional. Configuration for the network connections configuration in the environment. + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user requested specifc connection type between Tenant and Customer projects. You cannot set networking connection type in public IP environment. + }, "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied. "masterIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of '172.16.0.0/23' is used. @@ -560,6 +566,9 @@

Method Details

"cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block "enablePrivateEnvironment": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. "enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`. + "networkingConfig": { # Configuration options for networking connections in the Composer 2 environment. # Optional. Configuration for the network connections configuration in the environment. + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user requested specifc connection type between Tenant and Customer projects. You cannot set networking connection type in public IP environment. + }, "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied. "masterIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of '172.16.0.0/23' is used. @@ -751,6 +760,9 @@

Method Details

"cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block "enablePrivateEnvironment": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. "enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`. + "networkingConfig": { # Configuration options for networking connections in the Composer 2 environment. # Optional. Configuration for the network connections configuration in the environment. + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user requested specifc connection type between Tenant and Customer projects. You cannot set networking connection type in public IP environment. + }, "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied. "masterIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of '172.16.0.0/23' is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html index f58236e7d70..24ed3835565 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html @@ -139,39 +139,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -184,26 +184,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -379,39 +379,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -424,26 +424,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -466,39 +466,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -511,26 +511,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -656,39 +656,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -701,26 +701,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -773,39 +773,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -818,26 +818,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -982,39 +982,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1027,26 +1027,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 2c1a6d01504..2b2ba3c985a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -233,6 +233,46 @@

Method Details

"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -274,6 +314,46 @@

Method Details

"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -418,6 +498,46 @@

Method Details

"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 02f26d6ee74..3cadad1b2e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -389,6 +389,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -412,6 +413,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -816,6 +818,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -839,6 +842,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1243,6 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1266,6 +1271,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 0128fcaac7e..16c106f3841 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -258,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -670,6 +671,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -693,6 +695,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1298,6 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1321,6 +1325,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1634,6 +1639,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1657,6 +1663,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2379,6 +2386,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2402,6 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2757,6 +2766,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -3285,6 +3325,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -3308,6 +3349,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -3758,6 +3800,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -3781,6 +3824,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -6846,6 +6890,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -6869,6 +6914,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -7145,6 +7191,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -7370,6 +7417,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -7393,6 +7441,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 8acdcd673b2..1fa70ccd60b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -388,6 +388,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -411,6 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -621,6 +623,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -644,6 +647,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1007,6 +1011,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1030,6 +1035,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1240,6 +1246,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1263,6 +1270,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1627,6 +1635,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1650,6 +1659,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1860,6 +1870,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1883,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html index 0b6eb19482d..47486f64f41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html @@ -126,6 +126,10 @@

Method Details

}, ], "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the machine type. + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. @@ -228,6 +232,10 @@

Method Details

}, ], "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the machine type. + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. @@ -288,6 +296,10 @@

Method Details

}, ], "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the machine type. + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 5a64c9c8fc9..715de525f77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -618,6 +618,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 6d5e8c8761d..ac514463294 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -290,6 +290,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -771,6 +802,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -849,6 +911,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], }
@@ -937,6 +1008,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1122,6 +1224,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1200,6 +1333,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be "folders/[FOLDER_ID]" if the parent is a folder or "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" if the parent is an organization. @@ -1418,6 +1560,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1496,6 +1669,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], }, ], "kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies @@ -1765,6 +1947,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1843,6 +2056,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -1992,6 +2214,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html index 5b60c402c67..c6a863e6c8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -228,39 +228,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -273,26 +273,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -316,39 +316,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -361,26 +361,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -507,39 +507,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -552,26 +552,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -625,39 +625,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -670,26 +670,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, @@ -836,39 +836,39 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http "weightReportMode": "A String", # Weight report mode. used for weighted Load Balancing. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -881,26 +881,26 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. "udpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. + "port": 42, # The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. "request": "A String", # Raw data of request to send in payload of UDP packet. It is an error if this is empty. The request data can only be ASCII. "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. It is an error if this is empty. The response data can only be ASCII. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 26fdba68d1a..4f77581b3c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -382,6 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -405,6 +406,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -707,6 +709,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -730,6 +733,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1135,6 +1139,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1158,6 +1163,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index 4df24d7c6af..61b76b86af6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -299,6 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -612,6 +614,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -635,6 +638,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 32e8a49320a..70bae2edb45 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -166,6 +166,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -553,6 +584,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -631,6 +693,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } @@ -698,6 +769,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -885,6 +987,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -963,6 +1096,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -1182,6 +1324,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1260,6 +1433,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], }, ], "kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies @@ -1406,6 +1588,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1484,6 +1697,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } paths: string, A parameter (repeated) @@ -1637,6 +1859,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 4ecb093dbfd..ed84497f8f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -180,6 +180,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -473,6 +504,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -551,6 +613,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], }, ], "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of security policies when the list is empty. @@ -817,6 +888,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -895,6 +997,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } @@ -961,6 +1072,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1147,6 +1289,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1225,6 +1398,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -1443,6 +1625,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1521,6 +1734,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], }, ], "kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies @@ -1706,6 +1928,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { @@ -1784,6 +2037,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time. + "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff" + { + "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required + "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask. + "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy. + "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'. + "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4. + }, + ], } paths: string, A parameter (repeated) @@ -1936,6 +2198,37 @@

Method Details

}, "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config. }, + "networkMatch": { # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive. + "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp". + "A String", + ], + "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address. + 42, + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format. + "A String", + ], + "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023"). + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address. + "A String", + ], + "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition. + "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff"). + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect. "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html index e32f383f804..7c3a308e9d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target instance. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -315,6 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target instance. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -340,6 +342,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target instance. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -468,6 +471,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target instance. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html index 3e31a20b756..54a4c476450 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html @@ -380,6 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#targetPool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetPool for target pools. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target pool resides. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target pool. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. @@ -565,6 +566,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#targetPool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetPool for target pools. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target pool resides. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target pool. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. @@ -639,6 +641,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#targetPool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetPool for target pools. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target pool resides. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target pool. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. @@ -773,6 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#targetPool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetPool for target pools. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target pool resides. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target pool. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html index 45c1bf8268f..00aa27c3f09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -74,6 +74,12 @@

Compute Engine API . targetTcpProxies

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -102,6 +108,89 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies.
+      "targetTcpProxies": [ # A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxy", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxy for target TCP proxies.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "proxyBind": True or False, # This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.
+          "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
+          "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional TCP proxy resides. This field is not applicable to global TCP proxy.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index ea59b9ad7f1..c0e071c4bf6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -501,6 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -524,6 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -837,6 +839,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -860,6 +863,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1256,6 +1260,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1279,6 +1284,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1592,6 +1598,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -1615,6 +1622,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2115,6 +2123,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2138,6 +2147,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2451,6 +2461,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. @@ -2474,6 +2485,7 @@

Method Details

"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html index c2a90d80c4a..251f71a7375 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html @@ -139,37 +139,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -180,20 +180,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -357,37 +357,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -398,20 +398,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -434,37 +434,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -475,20 +475,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -602,37 +602,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -643,20 +643,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -709,37 +709,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -750,20 +750,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -896,37 +896,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -937,20 +937,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index e5538dbc696..039cf229331 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -678,6 +678,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -1850,6 +1853,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -2656,6 +2662,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -3047,6 +3056,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -5692,6 +5704,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html index 417d80e1120..c472f86437f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html @@ -125,6 +125,10 @@

Method Details

"guestAcceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name, not a full URL, e.g. 'nvidia-tesla-k80'. }, ], + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. @@ -225,6 +229,10 @@

Method Details

"guestAcceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name, not a full URL, e.g. 'nvidia-tesla-k80'. }, ], + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. @@ -283,6 +291,10 @@

Method Details

"guestAcceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name, not a full URL, e.g. 'nvidia-tesla-k80'. }, ], + "bundledLocalSsds": { # [Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type. + "defaultInterface": "A String", # The default disk interface if the interface is not specified. + "partitionCount": 42, # The number of partitions. + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this machine type. Only applicable if the machine type is unavailable. "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html index a02a582ecbc..77dae1fbad5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -216,37 +216,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -257,20 +257,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -294,37 +294,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -335,20 +335,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -463,37 +463,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -504,20 +504,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -571,37 +571,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -612,20 +612,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -760,37 +760,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -801,20 +801,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetTcpProxies.html index fd1cadd43cb..ee9e3cc9c7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -74,6 +74,12 @@

Compute Engine API . targetTcpProxies

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -102,6 +108,89 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies.
+      "targetTcpProxies": [ # A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxy", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxy for target TCP proxies.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "proxyBind": True or False, # This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.
+          "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
+          "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional TCP proxy resides. This field is not applicable to global TCP proxy.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index c03c7fa84c7..ee8be557686 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -443,6 +443,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -487,6 +492,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -622,6 +632,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html index 8d9e1bd160e..d8e768f0d48 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html @@ -136,37 +136,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -177,20 +177,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -354,37 +354,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -395,20 +395,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -431,37 +431,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -472,20 +472,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -599,37 +599,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -640,20 +640,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -706,37 +706,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -747,20 +747,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -862,37 +862,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -903,20 +903,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index 85d609dabe4..6951340fe67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -654,6 +654,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -1771,6 +1774,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -2392,6 +2398,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -2760,6 +2769,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. @@ -5164,6 +5176,9 @@

Method Details

"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. "A String", ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index b1aec6651f1..0d66aa8ecf3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -165,6 +165,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -560,6 +565,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -605,6 +615,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -741,6 +756,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html index 8292ef0dab0..94271931469 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -213,37 +213,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -254,20 +254,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -291,37 +291,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -332,20 +332,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -460,37 +460,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -501,20 +501,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -568,37 +568,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -609,20 +609,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. @@ -725,37 +725,37 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "grpcHealthCheck": { "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. - "port": 42, # The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "httpsHealthCheck": { - "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used. - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. "requestPath": "A String", # The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. - "response": "A String", # The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#healthCheck", # Type of the resource. @@ -766,20 +766,20 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] Region where the health check resides. Not applicable to global health checks. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "sslHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "tcpHealthCheck": { - "port": 42, # The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. - "portName": "A String", # Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. - "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portName": "A String", # Not supported. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE. - "request": "A String", # The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII. - "response": "A String", # The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII. + "request": "A String", # Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection. + "response": "A String", # Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp }, "timeoutSec": 42, # How long (in seconds) to wait before claiming failure. The default value is 5 seconds. It is invalid for timeoutSec to have greater value than checkIntervalSec. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthCheck, either TCP, SSL, HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or GRPC. Exactly one of the protocol-specific health check fields must be specified, which must match type field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 040fe4de7d5..e82fd9ea7df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -227,6 +227,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -272,6 +277,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -408,6 +418,11 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. + }, "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html index 9f0ec6c635b..5ff95efaab9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html @@ -182,6 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -206,6 +207,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -460,6 +467,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -484,6 +492,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -849,12 +863,14 @@

Method Details

}, "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the local BGP interface. "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URL of the VPN tunnel that this BGP peer controls. + "md5AuthEnabled": True or False, # Informs whether MD5 authentication is enabled on this BGP peer. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. Unique within the Routers resource. "numLearnedRoutes": 42, # Number of routes learned from the remote BGP Peer. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the remote BGP interface. "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # [Output only] URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session. "state": "A String", # The state of the BGP session. For a list of possible values for this field, see BGP session states. "status": "A String", # Status of the BGP peer: {UP, DOWN} + "statusReason": "A String", # Indicates why particular status was returned. "uptime": "A String", # Time this session has been up. Format: 14 years, 51 weeks, 6 days, 23 hours, 59 minutes, 59 seconds "uptimeSeconds": "A String", # Time this session has been up, in seconds. Format: 145 }, @@ -949,6 +965,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -973,6 +990,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -1176,6 +1199,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -1200,6 +1224,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -1342,6 +1372,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -1366,6 +1397,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -1557,6 +1594,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -1581,6 +1619,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -1691,6 +1735,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -1715,6 +1760,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. @@ -1829,6 +1880,7 @@

Method Details

"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value. "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -1853,6 +1905,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "compute#router", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035. + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html index d82b2a1ab5b..cce48dfd4a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the workItems Resource.

- aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

List the jobs of a project across all regions.

aggregated_next()

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

getMetrics(projectId, jobId, location=None, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)

Request the job status. To request the status of a job, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.getMetrics` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). Using `projects.jobs.getMetrics` is not recommended, as you can only request the status of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

- list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

list_next()

@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Instance Methods

Updates the state of an existing Cloud Dataflow job. To update the state of an existing job, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.update` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). Using `projects.jobs.update` is not recommended, as you can only update the state of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

Method Details

- aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
List the jobs of a project across all regions.
 
 Args:
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc. ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp. location: string, The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. + name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional. pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit. pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list. view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews. @@ -423,6 +424,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -755,6 +757,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1071,6 +1074,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1394,6 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1472,7 +1477,7 @@

Method Details

- list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.
 
 Args:
@@ -1484,6 +1489,7 @@ 

Method Details

TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc. ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp. location: string, The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. + name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional. pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit. pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list. view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews. @@ -1774,6 +1780,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -2147,6 +2154,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -2456,6 +2464,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html index 82e43c89063..df0145b2c96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html @@ -479,6 +479,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html index ae92a6e109c..cbaaf842ea0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Instance Methods

getMetrics(projectId, location, jobId, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)

Request the job status. To request the status of a job, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.getMetrics` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). Using `projects.jobs.getMetrics` is not recommended, as you can only request the status of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

- list(projectId, location, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(projectId, location, filter=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

list_next()

@@ -412,6 +412,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -727,6 +728,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1050,6 +1052,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1209,7 +1212,7 @@

Method Details

- list(projectId, location, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(projectId, location, filter=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.
 
 Args:
@@ -1221,6 +1224,7 @@ 

Method Details

ALL - Returns all running jobs first ordered on creation timestamp, then returns all terminated jobs ordered on the termination timestamp. TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc. ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp. + name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional. pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit. pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list. view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews. @@ -1511,6 +1515,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -1886,6 +1891,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -2194,6 +2200,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html index 1b586cc75c2..07a574b1744 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html @@ -408,6 +408,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -838,6 +839,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html index 4608ad5ce6b..39c4d26b4b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. @@ -837,6 +838,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "stepNamesHash": "A String", # A hash value of the submitted pipeline portable graph step names if exists. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Cloud Platform project that the job belongs to. "replaceJobId": "A String", # If this job is an update of an existing job, this field is the job ID of the job it replaced. When sending a `CreateJobRequest`, you can update a job by specifying it here. The job named here is stopped, and its intermediate state is transferred to this job. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.content.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.content.html index c79a471c575..d2b3c188661 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.content.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.content.html @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.contentitems.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.contentitems.html index 0d5d74ae207..2f9ceb7cbbe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.contentitems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.contentitems.html @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.environments.html index 16edb61f1b9..50cb42347c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.environments.html @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html index f8642f5b1ba..12dc6bfc669 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.tasks.html index 24f56f63c0f..c11929fa05f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.tasks.html @@ -155,6 +155,40 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the task, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/ tasks/{task_id}. + "notebook": { # Config for running scheduled notebooks. # Config related to running scheduled Notebooks. + "archiveUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. + "A String", + ], + "fileUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor. + "A String", + ], + "infrastructureSpec": { # Configuration for the underlying infrastructure used to run workloads. # Optional. Infrastructure specification for the execution. + "batch": { # Batch compute resources associated with the task. # Compute resources needed for a Task when using Dataproc Serverless. + "executorsCount": 42, # Optional. Total number of job executors. Executor Count should be between 2 and 100. Default=2 + "maxExecutorsCount": 42, # Optional. Max configurable executors. If max_executors_count > executors_count, then auto-scaling is enabled. Max Executor Count should be between 2 and 1000. Default=1000 + }, + "containerImage": { # Container Image Runtime Configuration used with Batch execution. # Container Image Runtime Configuration. + "image": "A String", # Optional. Container image to use. + "javaJars": [ # Optional. A list of Java JARS to add to the classpath. Valid input includes Cloud Storage URIs to Jar binaries. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/file.jar + "A String", + ], + "properties": { # Optional. Override to common configuration of open source components installed on the Dataproc cluster. The properties to set on daemon config files. Property keys are specified in prefix:property format, for example core:hadoop.tmp.dir. For more information, see Cluster properties (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/cluster-properties). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "pythonPackages": [ # Optional. A list of python packages to be installed. Valid formats include Cloud Storage URI to a PIP installable library. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/lib.tar.gz + "A String", + ], + }, + "vpcNetwork": { # Cloud VPC Network used to run the infrastructure. # Vpc network. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC network in which the job is run. By default, the Cloud VPC network named Default within the project is used. + "networkTags": [ # Optional. List of network tags to apply to the job. + "A String", + ], + "subNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC sub-network in which the job is run. + }, + }, + "notebook": "A String", # Required. Path to input notebook. This can be the GCS URI of the notebook file or the path to a Notebook Content. The execution args are accessible as environment variables (TASK_key=value). + }, "spark": { # User-specified config for running a Spark task. # Config related to running custom Spark tasks. "archiveUris": [ # Optional. Cloud Storage URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. "A String", @@ -316,6 +350,40 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the task, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/ tasks/{task_id}. + "notebook": { # Config for running scheduled notebooks. # Config related to running scheduled Notebooks. + "archiveUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. + "A String", + ], + "fileUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor. + "A String", + ], + "infrastructureSpec": { # Configuration for the underlying infrastructure used to run workloads. # Optional. Infrastructure specification for the execution. + "batch": { # Batch compute resources associated with the task. # Compute resources needed for a Task when using Dataproc Serverless. + "executorsCount": 42, # Optional. Total number of job executors. Executor Count should be between 2 and 100. Default=2 + "maxExecutorsCount": 42, # Optional. Max configurable executors. If max_executors_count > executors_count, then auto-scaling is enabled. Max Executor Count should be between 2 and 1000. Default=1000 + }, + "containerImage": { # Container Image Runtime Configuration used with Batch execution. # Container Image Runtime Configuration. + "image": "A String", # Optional. Container image to use. + "javaJars": [ # Optional. A list of Java JARS to add to the classpath. Valid input includes Cloud Storage URIs to Jar binaries. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/file.jar + "A String", + ], + "properties": { # Optional. Override to common configuration of open source components installed on the Dataproc cluster. The properties to set on daemon config files. Property keys are specified in prefix:property format, for example core:hadoop.tmp.dir. For more information, see Cluster properties (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/cluster-properties). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "pythonPackages": [ # Optional. A list of python packages to be installed. Valid formats include Cloud Storage URI to a PIP installable library. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/lib.tar.gz + "A String", + ], + }, + "vpcNetwork": { # Cloud VPC Network used to run the infrastructure. # Vpc network. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC network in which the job is run. By default, the Cloud VPC network named Default within the project is used. + "networkTags": [ # Optional. List of network tags to apply to the job. + "A String", + ], + "subNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC sub-network in which the job is run. + }, + }, + "notebook": "A String", # Required. Path to input notebook. This can be the GCS URI of the notebook file or the path to a Notebook Content. The execution args are accessible as environment variables (TASK_key=value). + }, "spark": { # User-specified config for running a Spark task. # Config related to running custom Spark tasks. "archiveUris": [ # Optional. Cloud Storage URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. "A String", @@ -404,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -467,6 +535,40 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the task, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/ tasks/{task_id}. + "notebook": { # Config for running scheduled notebooks. # Config related to running scheduled Notebooks. + "archiveUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. + "A String", + ], + "fileUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor. + "A String", + ], + "infrastructureSpec": { # Configuration for the underlying infrastructure used to run workloads. # Optional. Infrastructure specification for the execution. + "batch": { # Batch compute resources associated with the task. # Compute resources needed for a Task when using Dataproc Serverless. + "executorsCount": 42, # Optional. Total number of job executors. Executor Count should be between 2 and 100. Default=2 + "maxExecutorsCount": 42, # Optional. Max configurable executors. If max_executors_count > executors_count, then auto-scaling is enabled. Max Executor Count should be between 2 and 1000. Default=1000 + }, + "containerImage": { # Container Image Runtime Configuration used with Batch execution. # Container Image Runtime Configuration. + "image": "A String", # Optional. Container image to use. + "javaJars": [ # Optional. A list of Java JARS to add to the classpath. Valid input includes Cloud Storage URIs to Jar binaries. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/file.jar + "A String", + ], + "properties": { # Optional. Override to common configuration of open source components installed on the Dataproc cluster. The properties to set on daemon config files. Property keys are specified in prefix:property format, for example core:hadoop.tmp.dir. For more information, see Cluster properties (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/cluster-properties). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "pythonPackages": [ # Optional. A list of python packages to be installed. Valid formats include Cloud Storage URI to a PIP installable library. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/lib.tar.gz + "A String", + ], + }, + "vpcNetwork": { # Cloud VPC Network used to run the infrastructure. # Vpc network. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC network in which the job is run. By default, the Cloud VPC network named Default within the project is used. + "networkTags": [ # Optional. List of network tags to apply to the job. + "A String", + ], + "subNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC sub-network in which the job is run. + }, + }, + "notebook": "A String", # Required. Path to input notebook. This can be the GCS URI of the notebook file or the path to a Notebook Content. The execution args are accessible as environment variables (TASK_key=value). + }, "spark": { # User-specified config for running a Spark task. # Config related to running custom Spark tasks. "archiveUris": [ # Optional. Cloud Storage URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. "A String", @@ -577,6 +679,40 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the task, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/ tasks/{task_id}. + "notebook": { # Config for running scheduled notebooks. # Config related to running scheduled Notebooks. + "archiveUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. + "A String", + ], + "fileUris": [ # Optional. GCS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor. + "A String", + ], + "infrastructureSpec": { # Configuration for the underlying infrastructure used to run workloads. # Optional. Infrastructure specification for the execution. + "batch": { # Batch compute resources associated with the task. # Compute resources needed for a Task when using Dataproc Serverless. + "executorsCount": 42, # Optional. Total number of job executors. Executor Count should be between 2 and 100. Default=2 + "maxExecutorsCount": 42, # Optional. Max configurable executors. If max_executors_count > executors_count, then auto-scaling is enabled. Max Executor Count should be between 2 and 1000. Default=1000 + }, + "containerImage": { # Container Image Runtime Configuration used with Batch execution. # Container Image Runtime Configuration. + "image": "A String", # Optional. Container image to use. + "javaJars": [ # Optional. A list of Java JARS to add to the classpath. Valid input includes Cloud Storage URIs to Jar binaries. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/file.jar + "A String", + ], + "properties": { # Optional. Override to common configuration of open source components installed on the Dataproc cluster. The properties to set on daemon config files. Property keys are specified in prefix:property format, for example core:hadoop.tmp.dir. For more information, see Cluster properties (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/cluster-properties). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "pythonPackages": [ # Optional. A list of python packages to be installed. Valid formats include Cloud Storage URI to a PIP installable library. For example, gs://bucket-name/my/path/to/lib.tar.gz + "A String", + ], + }, + "vpcNetwork": { # Cloud VPC Network used to run the infrastructure. # Vpc network. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC network in which the job is run. By default, the Cloud VPC network named Default within the project is used. + "networkTags": [ # Optional. List of network tags to apply to the job. + "A String", + ], + "subNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud VPC sub-network in which the job is run. + }, + }, + "notebook": "A String", # Required. Path to input notebook. This can be the GCS URI of the notebook file or the path to a Notebook Content. The execution args are accessible as environment variables (TASK_key=value). + }, "spark": { # User-specified config for running a Spark task. # Config related to running custom Spark tasks. "archiveUris": [ # Optional. Cloud Storage URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip. "A String", @@ -690,7 +826,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -732,7 +868,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.assets.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.assets.html index 438d1c1c34a..b89043a9a8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.assets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.assets.html @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.html index 9ff5a464880..d2c08e35a50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.zones.html @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html index 11cb4313e7e..c3b557ac32e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html @@ -233,7 +233,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, "update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path. @@ -251,7 +284,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the entity that this mutation is being applied to. If this does not match the current update time on the server, the mutation conflicts. @@ -270,7 +336,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, }, @@ -386,7 +485,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -411,7 +543,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -511,24 +676,7 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -567,24 +715,7 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -645,24 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -750,7 +864,40 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. + "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, + "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. + }, }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -791,24 +938,7 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, + "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.compatibleFields.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.compatibleFields.html index 97a53a9e2a6..759daee0bb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.compatibleFields.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.compatibleFields.html @@ -291,6 +291,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -341,6 +350,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -381,6 +399,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -431,6 +458,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -598,13 +634,13 @@

Method Details

"breakdown": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "breakdown" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensionFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensionFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#crossDimensionReachReportCompatibleFields. @@ -625,13 +661,13 @@

Method Details

"dimensionFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensionFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensions": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#floodlightReportCompatibleFields. @@ -647,13 +683,13 @@

Method Details

"channelGroupings": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "channelGroupings" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensions": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathReportCompatibleFields. @@ -666,7 +702,7 @@

Method Details

"pathFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "pathFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], }, @@ -674,13 +710,13 @@

Method Details

"channelGroupings": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "channelGroupings" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensions": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathReportCompatibleFields. @@ -693,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

"pathFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "pathFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], }, @@ -701,13 +737,13 @@

Method Details

"conversionDimensions": [ # Conversion dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "conversionDimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "customFloodlightVariables": [ # Custom floodlight variables which are compatible to be selected in the "customFloodlightVariables" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathToConversionReportCompatibleFields. @@ -720,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"perInteractionDimensions": [ # Per-interaction dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "perInteractionDimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], }, @@ -728,13 +764,13 @@

Method Details

"dimensionFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensionFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensions": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#reachReportCompatibleFields. @@ -761,13 +797,13 @@

Method Details

"dimensionFilters": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensionFilters" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "dimensions": [ # Dimensions which are compatible to be selected in the "dimensions" section of the report. { # Represents a dimension. "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#dimension. - "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser + "name": "A String", # The dimension name, e.g. advertiser }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#reportCompatibleFields. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.files.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.files.html index 2a2a2f33dc3..bd55cecd48a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.files.html @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@

Method Details

LAST_MODIFIED_TIME - sortOrder: string, Order of sorted results. Allowed values - ASCENDING - - DESCENDING - + ASCENDING - Ascending order. + DESCENDING - Descending order. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.html index b0632f52b87..b9f5858808d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.reports.html @@ -342,6 +342,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -392,6 +401,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -432,6 +450,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -482,6 +509,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -842,6 +878,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -892,6 +937,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -932,6 +986,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -982,6 +1045,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -1340,6 +1412,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -1390,6 +1471,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -1430,6 +1520,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -1480,6 +1579,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -1863,6 +1971,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -1913,6 +2030,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -1953,6 +2079,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -2003,6 +2138,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -2181,7 +2325,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing report. This method supports patch semantics.
 
 Args:
-  profileId: string, The DFA user profile ID. (required)
+  profileId: string, The Campaign Manager 360 user profile ID. (required)
   reportId: string, The ID of the report. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -2382,6 +2526,15 @@ 

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -2432,6 +2585,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -2472,6 +2634,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -2522,6 +2693,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -2880,6 +3060,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -2930,6 +3119,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -2970,6 +3168,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -3020,6 +3227,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -3419,6 +3635,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -3469,6 +3694,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -3509,6 +3743,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -3559,6 +3802,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -3917,6 +4169,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -3967,6 +4228,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. @@ -4007,6 +4277,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#disjunctiveMatchStatement. @@ -4057,6 +4336,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter. + "uvarFilter": { # Defines the filtering on a single uvar. # Filter on a custom variable. + "complement": True or False, # Return rows which don't match this filter. + "index": "A String", # Custom variable index the filter is applied to. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter. + "match": "A String", # Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values. + "values": [ # Values to filter on. + "A String", + ], + }, }, ], "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#pathFilter. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 7b0f132fdea..e07b523e016 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser. (required) - targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL` (required) + targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` (required) Allowed values TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version. TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps). @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser. (required) - targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL` (required) + targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` (required) Allowed values TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version. TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps). diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html index 61022f990b0..fba765d8108 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index f381c8b12bc..39fb2859acf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html index fc866b8fc07..d43154d3c4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index dca58bd2c8b..5708c9bc0fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 35b94b7ca14..a856f454a40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index d652510169a..95a19cee63f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 20a21dab49e..b1e16c1531e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index a93f8028f4b..daa17eeccd8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser. (required) - targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL` (required) + targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` (required) Allowed values TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version. TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps). @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser. (required) - targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL` (required) + targetingType: string, Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` (required) Allowed values TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version. TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps). @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html index 447eb06aa0c..d9fe9b3f927 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 647a7680c2e..7b3a9683693 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@

Method Details

"environment": "A String", # The serving environment. Output only in v1. Required in v2. }, "exchangeDetails": { # Details for assigned exchange targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. # Exchange details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE`. - "exchange": "A String", # Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2. + "exchange": "A String", # Required. The enum value for the exchange. }, "genderDetails": { # Details for assigned gender targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. # Gender details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER`. "gender": "A String", # The gender of the audience. Output only in v1. Required in v2. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html index 79b940e2617..50eb09b3535 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html @@ -123,6 +123,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -151,6 +154,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -202,6 +208,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -244,6 +253,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -290,6 +302,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -322,6 +337,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -353,6 +371,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -385,6 +406,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicies.html index 56605d123db..9ab6bfe4717 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicies.html @@ -123,6 +123,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -151,6 +154,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -202,6 +208,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -244,6 +253,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -290,6 +302,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -322,6 +337,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -353,6 +371,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", @@ -385,6 +406,9 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "labels": { # User labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. { "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html index 82cc5d8399a..c2fe92f584a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for batch process document method. "documentOutputConfig": { # Config that controls the output of documents. All documents will be written as a JSON file. # The overall output config for batch process. "gcsOutputConfig": { # The configuration used when outputting documents. # Output config to write the results to Cloud Storage. + "fieldMask": "A String", # Specifies which fields to include in the output documents. "gcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output. }, }, @@ -431,7 +432,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -1245,7 +1246,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 30ef0dab4ae..f50748ebf04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -114,7 +114,6 @@

Method Details

"enableValidation": True or False, # Whether to enable human review validation. }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered as "inactive". - "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, the properties of this entity type must be prefixed with the parents. }, "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. @@ -156,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index 96a8b708691..61a24894478 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for batch process document method. "documentOutputConfig": { # Config that controls the output of documents. All documents will be written as a JSON file. # The overall output config for batch process. "gcsOutputConfig": { # The configuration used when outputting documents. # Output config to write the results to Cloud Storage. + "fieldMask": "A String", # Specifies which fields to include in the output documents. "gcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output. }, }, @@ -340,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -1154,7 +1155,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html index 467c80f069c..31e115ff455 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html index b7e5a68c9b4..11f8a6e2817 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html index 16fbee17198..5a7e170d6ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for batch process document method. "documentOutputConfig": { # Config that controls the output of documents. All documents will be written as a JSON file. # The overall output config for batch process. "gcsOutputConfig": { # The configuration used when outputting documents. # Output config to write the results to Cloud Storage. + "fieldMask": "A String", # Specifies which fields to include in the output documents. "gcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output. }, }, @@ -439,7 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -1238,7 +1239,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -2052,7 +2053,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 498e0628dd2..26ce64bd7fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -912,7 +912,6 @@

Method Details

"enableValidation": True or False, # Whether to enable human review validation. }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered as "inactive". - "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, the properties of this entity type must be prefixed with the parents. }, "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. @@ -954,7 +953,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index b8f093cd6b3..42ce0ea1a2a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for batch process document method. "documentOutputConfig": { # Config that controls the output of documents. All documents will be written as a JSON file. # The overall output config for batch process. "gcsOutputConfig": { # The configuration used when outputting documents. # Output config to write the results to Cloud Storage. + "fieldMask": "A String", # Specifies which fields to include in the output documents. "gcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output. }, }, @@ -348,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). @@ -1961,7 +1962,7 @@

Method Details

"confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. - "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty. + "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html index 75f45dc9e7a..b63abfbebc0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@

Instance Methods

rollback(database, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Rolls back a transaction.

+

+ runAggregationQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```

runQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Runs a query.

@@ -1729,6 +1732,207 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ runAggregationQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. In the format: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents` or `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. For example: `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents` or `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents/chatrooms/my-chatroom` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.
+  "newTransaction": { # Options for creating a new transaction. # Starts a new transaction as part of the query, defaulting to read-only. The new transaction ID will be returned as the first response in the stream.
+    "readOnly": { # Options for a transaction that can only be used to read documents. # The transaction can only be used for read operations.
+      "readTime": "A String", # Reads documents at the given time. This may not be older than 60 seconds.
+    },
+    "readWrite": { # Options for a transaction that can be used to read and write documents. # The transaction can be used for both read and write operations.
+      "retryTransaction": "A String", # An optional transaction to retry.
+    },
+  },
+  "readTime": "A String", # Executes the query at the given timestamp. Requires: * Cannot be more than 270 seconds in the past.
+  "structuredAggregationQuery": { # Firestore query for running an aggregation over a StructuredQuery. # An aggregation query.
+    "aggregations": [ # Optional. Series of aggregations to apply over the results of the `structured_query`. Requires: * A minimum of one and maximum of five aggregations per query.
+      { # Defines a aggregation that produces a single result.
+        "alias": "A String", # Optional. Optional name of the field to store the result of the aggregation into. If not provided, Firestore will pick a default name following the format `field_`. For example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2), COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) OVER ( ... ); ``` becomes: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2) AS field_1, COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) AS field_2 OVER ( ... ); ``` Requires: * Must be unique across all aggregation aliases. * Conform to document field name limitations.
+        "count": { # Count of documents that match the query. The `COUNT(*)` aggregation function operates on the entire document so it does not require a field reference. # Count aggregator.
+          "upTo": "A String", # Optional. Optional constraint on the maximum number of documents to count. This provides a way to set an upper bound on the number of documents to scan, limiting latency and cost. Unspecified is interpreted as no bound. High-Level Example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1000) OVER ( SELECT * FROM k ); ``` Requires: * Must be greater than zero when present.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "structuredQuery": { # A Firestore query. # Nested structured query.
+      "endAt": { # A position in a query result set. # A potential prefix of a position in the result set to end the query at. This is similar to `START_AT` but with it controlling the end position rather than the start position. Requires: * The number of values cannot be greater than the number of fields specified in the `ORDER BY` clause.
+        "before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
+        "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
+          { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "from": [ # The collections to query.
+        { # A selection of a collection, such as `messages as m1`.
+          "allDescendants": True or False, # When false, selects only collections that are immediate children of the `parent` specified in the containing `RunQueryRequest`. When true, selects all descendant collections.
+          "collectionId": "A String", # The collection ID. When set, selects only collections with this ID.
+        },
+      ],
+      "limit": 42, # The maximum number of results to return. Applies after all other constraints. Requires: * The value must be greater than or equal to zero if specified.
+      "offset": 42, # The number of documents to skip before returning the first result. This applies after the constraints specified by the `WHERE`, `START AT`, & `END AT` but before the `LIMIT` clause. Requires: * The value must be greater than or equal to zero if specified.
+      "orderBy": [ # The order to apply to the query results. Firestore allows callers to provide a full ordering, a partial ordering, or no ordering at all. In all cases, Firestore guarantees a stable ordering through the following rules: * The `order_by` is required to reference all fields used with an inequality filter. * All fields that are required to be in the `order_by` but are not already present are appended in lexicographical ordering of the field name. * If an order on `__name__` is not specified, it is appended by default. Fields are appended with the same sort direction as the last order specified, or 'ASCENDING' if no order was specified. For example: * `ORDER BY a` becomes `ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC` * `ORDER BY a DESC` becomes `ORDER BY a DESC, __name__ DESC` * `WHERE a > 1` becomes `WHERE a > 1 ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC` * `WHERE __name__ > ... AND a > 1` becomes `WHERE __name__ > ... AND a > 1 ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC`
+        { # An order on a field.
+          "direction": "A String", # The direction to order by. Defaults to `ASCENDING`.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to order by.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "select": { # The projection of document's fields to return. # The projection to return.
+        "fields": [ # The fields to return. If empty, all fields are returned. To only return the name of the document, use `['__name__']`.
+          { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "startAt": { # A position in a query result set. # A potential prefix of a position in the result set to start the query at. The ordering of the result set is based on the `ORDER BY` clause of the original query. ``` SELECT * FROM k WHERE a = 1 AND b > 2 ORDER BY b ASC, __name__ ASC; ``` This query's results are ordered by `(b ASC, __name__ ASC)`. Cursors can reference either the full ordering or a prefix of the location, though it cannot reference more fields than what are in the provided `ORDER BY`. Continuing off the example above, attaching the following start cursors will have varying impact: - `START BEFORE (2, /k/123)`: start the query right before `a = 1 AND b > 2 AND __name__ > /k/123`. - `START AFTER (10)`: start the query right after `a = 1 AND b > 10`. Unlike `OFFSET` which requires scanning over the first N results to skip, a start cursor allows the query to begin at a logical position. This position is not required to match an actual result, it will scan forward from this position to find the next document. Requires: * The number of values cannot be greater than the number of fields specified in the `ORDER BY` clause.
+        "before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
+        "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
+          { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "where": { # A filter. # The filter to apply.
+        "compositeFilter": { # A filter that merges multiple other filters using the given operator. # A composite filter.
+          "filters": [ # The list of filters to combine. Requires: * At least one filter is present.
+            # Object with schema name: Filter
+          ],
+          "op": "A String", # The operator for combining multiple filters.
+        },
+        "fieldFilter": { # A filter on a specific field. # A filter on a document field.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to filter by.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+          "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
+          "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        },
+        "unaryFilter": { # A filter with a single operand. # A filter that takes exactly one argument.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to which to apply the operator.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+          "op": "A String", # The unary operator to apply.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "transaction": "A String", # Run the aggregation within an already active transaction. The value here is the opaque transaction ID to execute the query in.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.
+  "readTime": "A String", # The time at which the aggregate value is valid for.
+  "result": { # The result of a single bucket from a Firestore aggregation query. The keys of `aggregate_fields` are the same for all results in an aggregation query, unlike document queries which can have different fields present for each result. # A single aggregation result. Not present when reporting partial progress.
+    "aggregateFields": { # The result of the aggregation functions, ex: `COUNT(*) AS total_docs`. The key is the alias assigned to the aggregation function on input and the size of this map equals the number of aggregation functions in the query.
+      "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+        "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          "values": [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
+        "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+        "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+        "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+        "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+        },
+        "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+        "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+          "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          },
+        },
+        "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+        "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+        "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+        "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "transaction": "A String", # The transaction that was started as part of this request. Only present on the first response when the request requested to start a new transaction.
+}
+
+
runQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Runs a query.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index ef595dc4a33..31696c08505 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

rollback(database, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Rolls back a transaction.

+

+ runAggregationQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```

runQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Runs a query.

@@ -181,11 +184,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -240,16 +239,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -269,11 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -293,11 +303,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -318,7 +324,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -329,11 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -365,16 +386,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -394,11 +430,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -418,11 +450,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -443,7 +471,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -477,11 +524,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -569,16 +612,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -598,11 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -622,11 +676,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -647,7 +697,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -658,11 +727,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -694,16 +759,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -723,11 +803,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -747,11 +823,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -772,7 +844,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -796,11 +887,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -840,11 +927,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -882,11 +965,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -952,11 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1009,11 +1084,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1114,11 +1185,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1198,11 +1265,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1250,11 +1313,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1288,11 +1347,7 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1345,11 +1400,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1436,11 +1487,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1488,11 +1535,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1526,11 +1569,7 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1575,11 +1614,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1631,11 +1666,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1675,11 +1706,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1729,6 +1756,191 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ runAggregationQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. In the format: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents` or `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. For example: `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents` or `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents/chatrooms/my-chatroom` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.
+  "newTransaction": { # Options for creating a new transaction. # Starts a new transaction as part of the query, defaulting to read-only. The new transaction ID will be returned as the first response in the stream.
+    "readOnly": { # Options for a transaction that can only be used to read documents. # The transaction can only be used for read operations.
+      "readTime": "A String", # Reads documents at the given time. This may not be older than 60 seconds.
+    },
+    "readWrite": { # Options for a transaction that can be used to read and write documents. # The transaction can be used for both read and write operations.
+      "retryTransaction": "A String", # An optional transaction to retry.
+    },
+  },
+  "readTime": "A String", # Executes the query at the given timestamp. Requires: * Cannot be more than 270 seconds in the past.
+  "structuredAggregationQuery": { # Firestore query for running an aggregation over a StructuredQuery. # An aggregation query.
+    "aggregations": [ # Optional. Series of aggregations to apply over the results of the `structured_query`. Requires: * A minimum of one and maximum of five aggregations per query.
+      { # Defines a aggregation that produces a single result.
+        "alias": "A String", # Optional. Optional name of the field to store the result of the aggregation into. If not provided, Firestore will pick a default name following the format `field_`. For example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2), COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) OVER ( ... ); ``` becomes: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2) AS field_1, COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) AS field_2 OVER ( ... ); ``` Requires: * Must be unique across all aggregation aliases. * Conform to document field name limitations.
+        "count": { # Count of documents that match the query. The `COUNT(*)` aggregation function operates on the entire document so it does not require a field reference. # Count aggregator.
+          "upTo": "A String", # Optional. Optional constraint on the maximum number of documents to count. This provides a way to set an upper bound on the number of documents to scan, limiting latency and cost. Unspecified is interpreted as no bound. High-Level Example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1000) OVER ( SELECT * FROM k ); ``` Requires: * Must be greater than zero when present.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "structuredQuery": { # A Firestore query. # Nested structured query.
+      "endAt": { # A position in a query result set. # A potential prefix of a position in the result set to end the query at. This is similar to `START_AT` but with it controlling the end position rather than the start position. Requires: * The number of values cannot be greater than the number of fields specified in the `ORDER BY` clause.
+        "before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
+        "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
+          { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+            "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "from": [ # The collections to query.
+        { # A selection of a collection, such as `messages as m1`.
+          "allDescendants": True or False, # When false, selects only collections that are immediate children of the `parent` specified in the containing `RunQueryRequest`. When true, selects all descendant collections.
+          "collectionId": "A String", # The collection ID. When set, selects only collections with this ID.
+        },
+      ],
+      "limit": 42, # The maximum number of results to return. Applies after all other constraints. Requires: * The value must be greater than or equal to zero if specified.
+      "offset": 42, # The number of documents to skip before returning the first result. This applies after the constraints specified by the `WHERE`, `START AT`, & `END AT` but before the `LIMIT` clause. Requires: * The value must be greater than or equal to zero if specified.
+      "orderBy": [ # The order to apply to the query results. Firestore allows callers to provide a full ordering, a partial ordering, or no ordering at all. In all cases, Firestore guarantees a stable ordering through the following rules: * The `order_by` is required to reference all fields used with an inequality filter. * All fields that are required to be in the `order_by` but are not already present are appended in lexicographical ordering of the field name. * If an order on `__name__` is not specified, it is appended by default. Fields are appended with the same sort direction as the last order specified, or 'ASCENDING' if no order was specified. For example: * `ORDER BY a` becomes `ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC` * `ORDER BY a DESC` becomes `ORDER BY a DESC, __name__ DESC` * `WHERE a > 1` becomes `WHERE a > 1 ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC` * `WHERE __name__ > ... AND a > 1` becomes `WHERE __name__ > ... AND a > 1 ORDER BY a ASC, __name__ ASC`
+        { # An order on a field.
+          "direction": "A String", # The direction to order by. Defaults to `ASCENDING`.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to order by.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "select": { # The projection of document's fields to return. # The projection to return.
+        "fields": [ # The fields to return. If empty, all fields are returned. To only return the name of the document, use `['__name__']`.
+          { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "startAt": { # A position in a query result set. # A potential prefix of a position in the result set to start the query at. The ordering of the result set is based on the `ORDER BY` clause of the original query. ``` SELECT * FROM k WHERE a = 1 AND b > 2 ORDER BY b ASC, __name__ ASC; ``` This query's results are ordered by `(b ASC, __name__ ASC)`. Cursors can reference either the full ordering or a prefix of the location, though it cannot reference more fields than what are in the provided `ORDER BY`. Continuing off the example above, attaching the following start cursors will have varying impact: - `START BEFORE (2, /k/123)`: start the query right before `a = 1 AND b > 2 AND __name__ > /k/123`. - `START AFTER (10)`: start the query right after `a = 1 AND b > 10`. Unlike `OFFSET` which requires scanning over the first N results to skip, a start cursor allows the query to begin at a logical position. This position is not required to match an actual result, it will scan forward from this position to find the next document. Requires: * The number of values cannot be greater than the number of fields specified in the `ORDER BY` clause.
+        "before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
+        "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
+          { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+            "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "where": { # A filter. # The filter to apply.
+        "compositeFilter": { # A filter that merges multiple other filters using the given operator. # A composite filter.
+          "filters": [ # The list of filters to combine. Requires: * At least one filter is present.
+            # Object with schema name: Filter
+          ],
+          "op": "A String", # The operator for combining multiple filters.
+        },
+        "fieldFilter": { # A filter on a specific field. # A filter on a document field.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to filter by.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+          "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
+          "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
+            "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+              "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+              },
+            },
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
+        },
+        "unaryFilter": { # A filter with a single operand. # A filter that takes exactly one argument.
+          "field": { # A reference to a field in a document, ex: `stats.operations`. # The field to which to apply the operator.
+            "fieldPath": "A String", # The relative path of the document being referenced. Requires: * Conform to document field name limitations.
+          },
+          "op": "A String", # The unary operator to apply.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "transaction": "A String", # Run the aggregation within an already active transaction. The value here is the opaque transaction ID to execute the query in.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.
+  "readTime": "A String", # The time at which the aggregate value is valid for.
+  "result": { # The result of a single bucket from a Firestore aggregation query. The keys of `aggregate_fields` are the same for all results in an aggregation query, unlike document queries which can have different fields present for each result. # A single aggregation result. Not present when reporting partial progress.
+    "aggregateFields": { # The result of the aggregation functions, ex: `COUNT(*) AS total_docs`. The key is the alias assigned to the aggregation function on input and the size of this map equals the number of aggregation functions in the query.
+      "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+        "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+        "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+        "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+        "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+        },
+        "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+        "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+          "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          },
+        },
+        "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+        "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+        "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+        "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "transaction": "A String", # The transaction that was started as part of this request. Only present on the first response when the request requested to start a new transaction.
+}
+
+
runQuery(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Runs a query.
@@ -1753,11 +1965,7 @@ 

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1805,11 +2013,7 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1843,11 +2047,7 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1891,11 +2091,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1953,16 +2149,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1982,11 +2193,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2006,11 +2213,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2031,7 +2234,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2042,11 +2264,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2078,16 +2296,31 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2107,11 +2340,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2131,11 +2360,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2156,7 +2381,26 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2182,11 +2426,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html index 6ac767809fe..1790c249975 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index a68233bf5de..01ad7cf827e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -222,9 +222,17 @@

Method Details

}, "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. "A String", @@ -403,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -654,7 +662,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -696,7 +704,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 8ed5a1bdd18..d80aa61718c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -157,6 +157,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -207,6 +270,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -272,9 +398,17 @@

Method Details

}, "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. "A String", @@ -296,6 +430,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "skipModifiedResources": True or False, # If true, skips resources that are created or modified after the de-identify operation is created. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -438,6 +573,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -493,7 +691,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -592,6 +790,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -660,6 +921,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -710,6 +1034,69 @@

Method Details

}, "writeDisposition": "A String", # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { # Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export. # The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). + "config": { # Configures de-id options specific to different types of content. Each submessage customizes the handling of an https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6838 media type or subtype. Configs are applied in a nested manner at runtime. # The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store. + "dicom": { # Specifies the parameters needed for de-identification of DICOM stores. # Configures de-id of application/DICOM content. + "filterProfile": "A String", # Tag filtering profile that determines which tags to keep/remove. + "keepList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to keep. Remove all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "removeList": { # List of tags to be filtered. # List of tags to remove. Keep all other tags. + "tags": [ # Tags to be filtered. Tags must be DICOM Data Elements, File Meta Elements, or Directory Structuring Elements, as defined at: http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part06.html#table_6-1,. They may be provided by "Keyword" or "Tag". For example "PatientID", "00100010". + "A String", + ], + }, + "skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html + }, + "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. + "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. + { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. + "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. + "paths": [ # List of paths to FHIR fields to be redacted. Each path is a period-separated list where each component is either a field name or FHIR type name, for example: Patient, HumanName. For "choice" types (those defined in the FHIR spec with the form: field[x]) we use two separate components. For example, "deceasedAge.unit" is matched by "Deceased.Age.unit". Supported types are: AdministrativeGenderCode, Base64Binary, Boolean, Code, Date, DateTime, Decimal, HumanName, Id, Instant, Integer, LanguageCode, Markdown, Oid, PositiveInt, String, UnsignedInt, Uri, Uuid, Xhtml. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of image pixels. # Configures de-identification of image pixels wherever they are found in the source_dataset. + "textRedactionMode": "A String", # Determines how to redact text from image. + }, + "text": { # Configures de-identification of text wherever it is found in the source_dataset. + "transformations": [ # The transformations to apply to the detected data. + { # A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific info_type. + "characterMaskConfig": { # Mask a string by replacing its characters with a fixed character. # Config for character mask. + "maskingCharacter": "A String", # Character to mask the sensitive values. If not supplied, defaults to "*". + }, + "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, + }, + "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. + "A String", + ], + "redactConfig": { # Define how to redact sensitive values. Default behaviour is erase. For example, "My name is Jane." becomes "My name is ." # Config for text redaction. + }, + "replaceWithInfoTypeConfig": { # When using the INSPECT_AND_TRANSFORM action, each match is replaced with the name of the info_type. For example, "My name is Jane" becomes "My name is [PERSON_NAME]." The TRANSFORM action is equivalent to redacting. # Config for replace with InfoType. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "store": "A String", # The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. + }, "resourceTypes": [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as "Patient" or "Observation"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store. "A String", ], @@ -760,7 +1147,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -802,7 +1189,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html index 0f6943c035f..18695c6196d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html index dc1c48d45c1..0bf2d2c3053 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -229,9 +229,17 @@

Method Details

}, "cryptoHashConfig": { # Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing. Uses SHA-256. Outputs a base64-encoded representation of the hashed output (for example, `L7k0BHmF1ha5U3NfGykjro4xWi1MPVQPjhMAZbSV9mM=`). # Config for crypto hash. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "dateShiftConfig": { # Shift a date forward or backward in time by a random amount which is consistent for a given patient and crypto key combination. # Config for date shift. "cryptoKey": "A String", # An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set. + "kmsWrapped": { # Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key). # KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set. + "cryptoKey": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`. + "wrappedKey": "A String", # Required. The wrapped data crypto key. + }, }, "infoTypes": [ # InfoTypes to apply this transformation to. If this is not specified, the transformation applies to any info_type. "A String", @@ -352,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -465,7 +473,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -507,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html index 766433f7cc2..c393448b3fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html index e1ce5404dbf..4ae373e8255 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 1a708d46181..bc4f742ae0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 04725bc603d..ae9ce63eb64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html index f2469f3a144..02381f6259b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index ea360768698..371b1e878b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@

Method Details

"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.html index 0c3aa350f71..37da1f847b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.html @@ -273,6 +273,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "subtype": "A String", # Output only. The subtype of this config. }
@@ -431,6 +443,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "subtype": "A String", # Output only. The subtype of this config. } @@ -588,6 +612,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "subtype": "A String", # Output only. The subtype of this config. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.tenants.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.tenants.html index 8c083aa805f..b81479eae4c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.tenants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.projects.tenants.html @@ -169,6 +169,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -217,6 +229,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -290,6 +314,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -406,6 +442,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -472,6 +520,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -521,6 +581,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a tenant. For example: "projects/{project-id}/tenants/{tenant-id}" + "smsRegionConfig": { # Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number. # Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending. + "allowByDefault": { # Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. # A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list. + "disallowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + "allowlistOnly": { # Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. # A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist. + "allowedRegions": [ # Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { # A map of pairs that can be used for MFA. The phone number should be in E.164 format (https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164/) and a maximum of 10 pairs can be added (error will be thrown once exceeded). "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/language_v1.documents.html b/docs/dyn/language_v1.documents.html index f52b13c11cb..c200a0eaee9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/language_v1.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/language_v1.documents.html @@ -346,6 +346,13 @@

Method Details

}, "encodingType": "A String", # The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets. "features": { # All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input. # Required. The enabled features. + "classificationModelOptions": { # Model options available for classification requests. # The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true. + "v1Model": { # Options for the V1 model. # Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future. + }, + "v2Model": { # Options for the V2 model. # Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model. + "contentCategoriesVersion": "A String", # The content categories used for classification. + }, + }, "classifyText": True or False, # Classify the full document into categories. "extractDocumentSentiment": True or False, # Extract document-level sentiment. "extractEntities": True or False, # Extract entities. @@ -452,6 +459,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The document classification request message. + "classificationModelOptions": { # Model options available for classification requests. # Model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. + "v1Model": { # Options for the V1 model. # Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future. + }, + "v2Model": { # Options for the V2 model. # Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model. + "contentCategoriesVersion": "A String", # The content categories used for classification. + }, + }, "document": { # ################################################################ # Represents the input to API methods. # Required. Input document. "content": "A String", # The content of the input in string format. Cloud audit logging exempt since it is based on user data. "gcsContentUri": "A String", # The Google Cloud Storage URI where the file content is located. This URI must be of the form: gs://bucket_name/object_name. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris. NOTE: Cloud Storage object versioning is not supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/language_v1beta2.documents.html b/docs/dyn/language_v1beta2.documents.html index 39c00ed97e6..10aa1abb4af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/language_v1beta2.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/language_v1beta2.documents.html @@ -356,6 +356,13 @@

Method Details

}, "encodingType": "A String", # The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets. "features": { # All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input. Next ID: 11 # Required. The enabled features. + "classificationModelOptions": { # Model options available for classification requests. # The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true. + "v1Model": { # Options for the V1 model. # Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future. + }, + "v2Model": { # Options for the V2 model. # Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model. + "contentCategoriesVersion": "A String", # The content categories used for classification. + }, + }, "classifyText": True or False, # Classify the full document into categories. If this is true, the API will use the default model which classifies into a [predefined taxonomy](https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/categories). "extractDocumentSentiment": True or False, # Extract document-level sentiment. "extractEntities": True or False, # Extract entities. @@ -462,6 +469,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The document classification request message. + "classificationModelOptions": { # Model options available for classification requests. # Model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. + "v1Model": { # Options for the V1 model. # Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future. + }, + "v2Model": { # Options for the V2 model. # Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model. + "contentCategoriesVersion": "A String", # The content categories used for classification. + }, + }, "document": { # ################################################################ # Represents the input to API methods. # Required. Input document. "boilerplateHandling": "A String", # Indicates how detected boilerplate(e.g. advertisements, copyright declarations, banners) should be handled for this document. If not specified, boilerplate will be treated the same as content. "content": "A String", # The content of the input in string format. Cloud audit logging exempt since it is based on user data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html index 10be8669257..5fc74c99b43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view. } - viewId: string, Required. The id to use for this view. + viewId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-view". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html index 1d7dff401b9..2670412a9d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view. } - viewId: string, Required. The id to use for this view. + viewId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-view". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html index f4bde18b14d..b0936b7ac26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view. } - viewId: string, Required. The id to use for this view. + viewId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-view". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html index 77aa80beeac..d4272335534 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view. } - viewId: string, Required. The id to use for this view. + viewId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-view". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html index dfe47ea536c..7711062cdb7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view. } - viewId: string, Required. The id to use for this view. + viewId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-view". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html index 69b322870ae..a30703fdfa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html @@ -232,9 +232,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -557,9 +554,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -875,9 +869,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -1195,9 +1186,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -1524,9 +1512,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -1849,9 +1834,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -2167,9 +2149,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -2487,9 +2466,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -2840,9 +2816,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -3165,9 +3138,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -3483,9 +3453,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -3803,9 +3770,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -4142,9 +4106,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -4467,9 +4428,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -4785,9 +4743,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -5105,9 +5060,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -5452,9 +5404,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -5777,9 +5726,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -6095,9 +6041,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -6415,9 +6358,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -6744,9 +6684,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -7069,9 +7006,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -7387,9 +7321,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. @@ -7707,9 +7638,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Groups a time series query definition with table options. "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. "tableDisplayOptions": { # Table display options that can be reused. # Optional. Table display options for configuring how the table is rendered. - "shownColumns": [ # Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used. - "A String", - ], }, "tableTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label's value i.e. "${resource.labels.project_id}." "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html index 7d540576902..93ccff4ea2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Network Connectivity API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

-

- connectionPolicies() -

-

Returns the connectionPolicies Resource.

-

global_()

@@ -95,14 +90,19 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

- serviceIdentifiers() + serviceClasses() +

+

Returns the serviceClasses Resource.

+ +

+ serviceConnectionMaps()

-

Returns the serviceIdentifiers Resource.

+

Returns the serviceConnectionMaps Resource.

- serviceInstances() + serviceConnectionPolicies()

-

Returns the serviceInstances Resource.

+

Returns the serviceConnectionPolicies Resource.

spokes() diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..596858ff808 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

Network Connectivity API . projects . locations . serviceClasses

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..acdc3e255c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

Network Connectivity API . projects . locations . serviceConnectionMaps

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d35417dcd92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

Network Connectivity API . projects . locations . serviceConnectionPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 4cb423e84a4..323eb690c85 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -282,6 +282,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -290,7 +293,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -582,6 +592,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -590,7 +603,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -873,6 +893,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -881,7 +904,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -1123,6 +1153,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -1131,7 +1164,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 3f1cf28f803..e9e172c812c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -321,6 +321,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -329,7 +332,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -660,6 +670,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -668,7 +681,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -990,6 +1010,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -998,7 +1021,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. @@ -1279,6 +1309,9 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine route. "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. "A String", @@ -1287,7 +1320,14 @@

Method Details

"nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI. }, "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index 2105a64294d..12de3b369b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -697,6 +697,7 @@

Method Details

}, "vulnerability": { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability. "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity. + "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity. "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability. "attackComplexity": "A String", "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index fcdd5cd0c7d..82590150175 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -697,6 +697,7 @@

Method Details

}, "vulnerability": { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability. "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity. + "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity. "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability. "attackComplexity": "A String", "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. diff --git a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.bidders.creatives.html b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.bidders.creatives.html index 60b1e97ee36..a3c628d4879 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.bidders.creatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.bidders.creatives.html @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.creatives.html b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.creatives.html index 677cfd453fe..1a3723e1ca9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.creatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.creatives.html @@ -509,6 +509,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], @@ -942,6 +943,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], @@ -1387,6 +1389,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], @@ -1837,6 +1840,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], @@ -2289,6 +2293,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], @@ -2723,6 +2728,7 @@

Method Details

"videoUrl": "A String", # The URL to fetch a native video ad. "videoVastXml": "A String", # The contents of a VAST document for a native video ad. }, + "renderUrl": "A String", # Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`. "restrictedCategories": [ # All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html index cc1758c4a6b..8ba15cb3df2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"tokenProperties": { # Output only. Properties of the provided event token. "action": "A String", # Action name provided at token generation. "createTime": "A String", # The timestamp corresponding to the generation of the token. - "hostname": "A String", # The hostname of the page on which the token was generated. + "hostname": "A String", # The hostname of the page on which the token was generated (Web keys only). "invalidReason": "A String", # Reason associated with the response when valid = false. "valid": True or False, # Whether the provided user response token is valid. When valid = false, the reason could be specified in invalid_reason or it could also be due to a user failing to solve a challenge or a sitekey mismatch (i.e the sitekey used to generate the token was different than the one specified in the assessment). }, @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

"tokenProperties": { # Output only. Properties of the provided event token. "action": "A String", # Action name provided at token generation. "createTime": "A String", # The timestamp corresponding to the generation of the token. - "hostname": "A String", # The hostname of the page on which the token was generated. + "hostname": "A String", # The hostname of the page on which the token was generated (Web keys only). "invalidReason": "A String", # Reason associated with the response when valid = false. "valid": True or False, # Whether the provided user response token is valid. When valid = false, the reason could be specified in invalid_reason or it could also be due to a user failing to solve a challenge or a sitekey mismatch (i.e the sitekey used to generate the token was different than the one specified in the assessment). }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html index f4e4d991228..975cb530acf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html @@ -82,10 +82,99 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.

+

+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html index af387b54801..c7bbe5d3c45 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html @@ -82,10 +82,99 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.

+

+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html index 29b70a57f83..61ae02d0e07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
index 1f5c7f56def..d68cf15c91b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
index 404bf3d1485..340c7f844b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
index 0c7fcb3efc7..954122e3f99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html
index b11de2a20b9..fffb51cb9d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.html
@@ -82,10 +82,99 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.

+

+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for an InsightType.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html index de2ae7dc572..55cf61c9f6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.html @@ -82,10 +82,99 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.

+

+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateConfig(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for a Recommender.
+  "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces.
+  "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the RecommenderConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config
+  "recommenderGenerationConfig": { # A Configuration to customize the generation of recommendations. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a recommendation. # RecommenderGenerationConfig which configures the Generation of recommendations for this recommender.
+    "params": { # Parameters for this RecommenderGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html index b2a8be58237..74e8bde7602 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
index c495be10937..74406304e95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
index bdd4e1588ad..223b326ccad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
index 02eebd53648..df1cbc92093 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 75f292b8fd1..a98ce5672bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index b635b6bded7..3add244fddf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html index fde5b27598a..d7f6ec202ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

"pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. - "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. For example, for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config`, this would be `my_candidate_config`. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index a43f2262d5d..e1e41eb0687 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 66666fa88bc..c7d48c811f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 50a4073b276..1e2622b0c9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index eaef8eed3af..3fd85ad119a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html index 019f6c59a55..1c0ce6f3135 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html @@ -209,6 +209,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -222,6 +247,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -344,6 +394,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -357,6 +432,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html index 33981949182..806bdddd3ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html @@ -144,6 +144,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -157,6 +182,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -288,6 +338,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -301,6 +376,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html index 238203c57b2..90f2a8a8616 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -200,6 +200,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -213,6 +238,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -424,6 +474,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -437,6 +512,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -633,6 +733,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -646,6 +771,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -801,6 +951,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -814,6 +989,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index 14ade7a8dac..69e3774611f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -189,6 +189,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -202,6 +227,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -429,6 +479,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -442,6 +517,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -656,6 +756,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -669,6 +794,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -840,6 +990,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -853,6 +1028,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index 9b859a6d8a4..e5fc7f7fff3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -183,6 +183,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -196,6 +221,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run @@ -315,6 +365,31 @@

Method Details

}, ], "image": "A String", # Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "name": "A String", # Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. "ports": [ # List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on. { # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container. @@ -328,6 +403,31 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "failureThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + "grpc": { # GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port. # GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified. + "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + }, + "httpGet": { # HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + { # HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes + "name": "A String", # Required. The header field name + "value": "A String", # Required. The header field value + }, + ], + "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'. + "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. + "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported + "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. + "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type. + }, + "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + }, "volumeMounts": [ # Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container. "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'. For Cloud SQL volumes, it can be left empty, or must otherwise be `/cloudsql`. All instances defined in the Volume will be available as `/cloudsql/[instance]`. For more information on Cloud SQL volumes, visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index c178928c6a0..03e038d7cec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -209,6 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -573,6 +574,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -900,6 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1240,6 +1243,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1581,6 +1585,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index 15119c73d8d..bea4cc9e82b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -142,6 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -469,6 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -867,6 +869,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1231,6 +1234,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1558,6 +1562,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1898,6 +1903,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -2239,6 +2245,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 5a9b374dfb4..4923ce70581 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -209,6 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -573,6 +574,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -900,6 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1240,6 +1243,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" @@ -1581,6 +1585,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key used to create or exchange credentials for authenticating the service account making the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}" "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com" "userAgentFamily": "A String", # What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc. + "username": "A String", # A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding. }, "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding. "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION" diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html index 0013f68370e..0847214e996 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html @@ -777,7 +777,1014 @@

Method Details

"isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + "layoutProperties": { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT. + "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the layout. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on. + "name": "A String", # The name of the layout. + }, + "masterProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER. + "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the master. + }, + "notesProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES. + "speakerNotesObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID. + }, + "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace. + "pageElements": [ # The page elements rendered on the page. + { # A visual element rendered on a page. + "description": "A String", # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. + "elementGroup": { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit. + "children": [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2. + # Object with schema name: PageElement + ], + }, + "image": { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element. + "contentUrl": "A String", # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. + "imageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image. + "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. + "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. + "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. + "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. + "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. + "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. + "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. + "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. + { # A color and position in a gradient band. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. + }, + ], + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. + }, + "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. + "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. + "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. + "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. + }, + "sourceUrl": "A String", # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty. + }, + "line": { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element. + "lineCategory": "A String", # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest. + "lineProperties": { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the line. + "endArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the end of the line. + "endConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have an `end_connection`. + "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. + "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. + }, + "lineFill": { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "startArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line. + "startConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have a `start_connection`. + "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. + "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "lineType": "A String", # The type of the line. + }, + "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace. + "shape": { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape. + "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. + "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. + "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. + "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. + }, + "shapeProperties": { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape. + "autofit": { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text. + "autofitType": "A String", # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values. + "fontScale": 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. + "lineSpacingReduction": 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. + }, + "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "shapeBackgroundFill": { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + }, + "shapeType": "A String", # The type of the shape. + "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape. + "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. + "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. + "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. + "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. + { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. + "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. + "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. + }, + "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. + "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. + "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. + "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. + }, + "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style + "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. + "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. + "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. + }, + }, + "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. + "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. + "content": "A String", # The text of this run. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "sheetsChart": { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images. + "chartId": 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded. + "contentUrl": "A String", # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. + "sheetsChartProperties": { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart. + "chartImageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image. + "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. + "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. + "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. + "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. + "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. + "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. + "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. + "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. + { # A color and position in a gradient band. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. + }, + ], + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart. + }, + "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element. + "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. + "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. + "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. + { # Contents of each border row in a table. + "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. + { # The properties of each border cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. + "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "rows": 42, # Number of rows in the table. + "tableColumns": [ # Properties of each column. + { # Properties of each column in a table. + "columnWidth": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + ], + "tableRows": [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1. + { # Properties and contents of each row in a table. + "rowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "tableCells": [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table. + { # Properties and contents of each table cell. + "columnSpan": 42, # Column span of the cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "rowSpan": 42, # Row span of the cell. + "tableCellProperties": { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell. + "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. + "tableCellBackgroundFill": { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + }, + "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell. + "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. + "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. + "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. + "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. + { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. + "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. + "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. + }, + "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. + "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. + "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. + "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. + }, + "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style + "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. + "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. + "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. + }, + }, + "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. + "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. + "content": "A String", # The text of this run. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "tableRowProperties": { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row. + "minRowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row's cell(s). + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "verticalBorderRows": [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table's vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns. + { # Contents of each border row in a table. + "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. + { # The properties of each border cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. + "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element's transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "video": { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element. + "id": "A String", # The video source's unique identifier for this video. + "source": "A String", # The video source. + "url": "A String", # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change. + "videoProperties": { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video. + "autoPlay": True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false. + "end": 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length, the video will be played until its end. + "mute": True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "start": 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning. + }, + }, + "wordArt": { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element. + "renderedText": "A String", # The text rendered as word art. + }, + }, + ], + "pageProperties": { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page. + "colorScheme": { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored. + "colors": [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs. + { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents. + "color": { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the theme color. + }, + ], + }, + "pageBackgroundFill": { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "stretchedPictureFill": { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length. + "size": { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only. + "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + }, }, }, "updateSlidesPosition": { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation. @@ -2045,12 +3052,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -3061,12 +4063,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -4075,12 +5072,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -5101,12 +6093,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -6128,12 +7115,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -7144,12 +8126,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -8158,12 +9135,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -9184,12 +10156,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -10218,12 +11185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -11234,12 +12196,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -12248,12 +13205,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -13274,12 +14226,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html index 7671a5028bb..d6c583bb80b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html @@ -1110,12 +1110,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 2cf93ddc8f7..fb8a5770be2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Database instance clone request. "cloneContext": { # Database instance clone context. # Contains details about the clone operation. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use. + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use. "binLogCoordinates": { # Binary log coordinates. # Binary log coordinates, if specified, identify the position up to which the source instance is cloned. If not specified, the source instance is cloned up to the most recent binary log coordinates. "binLogFileName": "A String", # Name of the binary log file for a Cloud SQL instance. "binLogPosition": "A String", # Position (offset) within the binary log file. @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 19296676601..5686df3a0fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Database instance clone request. "cloneContext": { # Database instance clone context. # Contains details about the clone operation. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use. + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use. "binLogCoordinates": { # Binary log coordinates. # Binary log coordinates, if specified, identify the position up to which the source instance is cloned. If not specified, the source instance is cloned up to the most recent binary log coordinates. "binLogFileName": "A String", # Name of the binary log file for a Cloud SQL instance. "binLogPosition": "A String", # Position (offset) within the binary log file. @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. @@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@

Method Details

"recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, "ipConfiguration": { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances. - "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` + "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.` "authorizedNetworks": [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In 'CIDR' notation, also known as 'slash' notation (for example: `157.197.200.0/24`). { # An entry for an Access Control list. "expirationTime": "A String", # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html index c4cfe6bf39b..4d99ed73fc7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).

token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.

+

Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundary at the moment. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.

Method Details

close() @@ -118,25 +118,25 @@

Method Details

"iss": "A String", # The issuer of the provided token. "scope": "A String", # A list of scopes associated with the provided token. "sub": "A String", # The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute. - "username": "A String", # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/` + "username": "A String", # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`. If the provided token is associated with a workforce pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//subject/`. }
token(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
+  
Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundary at the moment. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for ExchangeToken.
-  "audience": "A String", # The full resource name of the identity provider; for example: `//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token.
+  "audience": "A String", # The full resource name of the identity provider; for example: `//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/` for workload identity pool providers, or `//iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//providers/` for workforce pool providers. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token.
   "grantType": "A String", # Required. The grant type. Must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange`, which indicates a token exchange.
   "options": "A String", # A set of features that Security Token Service supports, in addition to the standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange, formatted as a serialized JSON object of Options. The size of the parameter value must not exceed 4096 characters.
   "requestedTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the type of requested security token. Must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`.
   "scope": "A String", # The OAuth 2.0 scopes to include on the resulting access token, formatted as a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token.
-  "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/56776/sstc-saml-core-errata-2.0-wd-07.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.
+  "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/56776/sstc-saml-core-errata-2.0-wd-07.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.
   "subjectTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier that indicates the type of the security token in the `subject_token` parameter. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`, `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`, and `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
index 5299bbf602e..92ea4b5ca74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all Containers that belongs to a GTM Account.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}. (required)
+  parent: string, GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}. (required)
   pageToken: string, Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.html
index c493b246ded..380c8a8889f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 

Method Details

Updates a GTM Account.
 
 Args:
-  path: string, GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id} (required)
+  path: string, GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.user_permissions.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.user_permissions.html
index db09e0face3..f912919cd19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.user_permissions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.user_permissions.html
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ 

Method Details

List all users that have access to the account along with Account and Container user access granted to each of them.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id} (required)
+  parent: string, GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id} (required)
   pageToken: string, Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
index 218efcd3347..512136cc513 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html index 731505e4255..f45bbb03243 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html index 83d8daac853..148adaf75a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html index 42630f454bc..6396b2a5c93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html index 35e3dc658a1..5d1fa38fdb8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html index 9b9437f1a3a..e76c345bae7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html index 825cb984f3b..2e920b7e48d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html index 3afbbe2307b..e2d01997463 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html index d7d46cba8b8..9883458f007 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html index cf4e9249821..34147eca939 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html index f495c6713a5..a52ce2134d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html index 1156e0c2334..527a6e6f318 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html index fc1b8db3581..34ec462d879 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html index 131e5688f27..ce01e8bbbe4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html index ed46abc5c38..85b7dd55492 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html index 327dc8ea2ea..eb5e45a48ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html index 5a3ad215eca..40e3f0dae6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Required. Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html index 5122ac64a5c..ffca135555d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"features": [ # Requested features. { # The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple `Feature` objects can be specified in the `features` list. "maxResults": 42, # Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to `TEXT_DETECTION`, `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION`, or `CROP_HINTS`. - "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". + "model": "A String", # Model to use for the feature. Supported values: "builtin/stable" (the default if unset) and "builtin/latest". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support "builtin/weekly" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly. "type": "A String", # The feature type. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html index f099f682f55..1400fef2a8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html @@ -187,6 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -296,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -385,6 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -541,6 +544,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -670,6 +674,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -759,6 +764,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. @@ -848,6 +854,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The broadcast's title. Note that the broadcast represents exactly one YouTube video. You can set this field by modifying the broadcast resource or by setting the title field of the corresponding video resource. }, "statistics": { # Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts. # The statistics object contains info about the event's current stats. These include concurrent viewers and total chat count. Statistics can change (in either direction) during the lifetime of an event. Statistics are only returned while the event is live. + "concurrentViewers": "A String", # The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended. "totalChatCount": "A String", # The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast. }, "status": { # Live broadcast state. # The status object contains information about the event's status. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 6355761e795..e77aa4bc23f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index aa62a17ac52..df10eed8a7f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index 3b62629d51f..890f2e97ca8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index e403a31c9ea..9284ae9fb51 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 63e7608aa3e..a6900b6e111 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -784,6 +784,231 @@ "resources": { "chrome": { "resources": { + "printServers": { + "methods": { + "batchCreatePrintServers": { + "description": "Creates multiple print servers.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers:batchCreatePrintServers", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.batchCreatePrintServers", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+parent}/chrome/printServers:batchCreatePrintServers", + "request": { + "$ref": "BatchCreatePrintServersRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "BatchCreatePrintServersResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers" + ] + }, + "batchDeletePrintServers": { + "description": "Deletes multiple print servers.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers:batchDeletePrintServers", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.batchDeletePrintServers", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{customer.id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+parent}/chrome/printServers:batchDeletePrintServers", + "request": { + "$ref": "BatchDeletePrintServersRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "BatchDeletePrintServersResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers" + ] + }, + "create": { + "description": "Creates a print server.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+parent}/chrome/printServers", + "request": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a print server.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers/{printServersId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the print server to be deleted. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/chrome/printServers/{print_server.id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+/chrome/printServers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Returns a print server's configuration.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers/{printServersId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+/chrome/printServers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers.readonly" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists print server configurations.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Search query in [Common Expression Language syntax](https://github.com/google/cel-spec). Supported filters are `display_name`, `description`, and `uri`. Example: `printServer.displayName=='marketing-queue'`.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sort order for results. Supported values are `display_name`, `description`, or `create_time`. Default order is ascending, but descending order can be returned by appending \"desc\" to the `order_by` field. For instance, `orderBy=='description desc'` returns the print servers sorted by description in descending order.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orgUnitId": { + "description": "If `org_unit_id` is present in the request, only print servers owned or inherited by the organizational unit (OU) are returned. If the `PrintServer` resource's `org_unit_id` matches the one in the request, the OU owns the server. If `org_unit_id` is not specified in the request, all print servers are returned or filtered against.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of objects to return (default `100`, max `100`). The service might return fewer than this value.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A generated token to paginate results (the `next_page_token` from a previous call).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+parent}/chrome/printServers", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListPrintServersResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers.readonly" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a print server's configuration.", + "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customers/{customersId}/chrome/printServers/{printServersId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "admin.customers.chrome.printServers.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^customers/[^/]+/chrome/printServers/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to update. Some fields are read-only and cannot be updated. Values for unspecified fields are patched.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "admin/directory/v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.chrome.printers" + ] + } + } + }, "printers": { "methods": { "batchCreatePrinters": { @@ -4405,7 +4630,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -4544,6 +4769,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchCreatePrintServersRequest": { + "description": "Request to add multiple new print servers in a batch.", + "id": "BatchCreatePrintServersRequest", + "properties": { + "requests": { + "description": "Required. A list of `PrintServer` resources to be created (max `50` per batch).", + "items": { + "$ref": "CreatePrintServerRequest" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreatePrintServersResponse": { + "id": "BatchCreatePrintServersResponse", + "properties": { + "failures": { + "description": "A list of create failures. `PrintServer` IDs are not populated, as print servers were not created.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PrintServerFailureInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "printServers": { + "description": "A list of successfully created print servers with their IDs populated.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BatchCreatePrintersRequest": { "description": "Request for adding new printers in batch.", "id": "BatchCreatePrintersRequest", @@ -4579,6 +4838,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchDeletePrintServersRequest": { + "description": "Request to delete multiple existing print servers in a batch.", + "id": "BatchDeletePrintServersRequest", + "properties": { + "printServerIds": { + "description": "A list of print server IDs that should be deleted (max `100` per batch).", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchDeletePrintServersResponse": { + "id": "BatchDeletePrintServersResponse", + "properties": { + "failedPrintServers": { + "description": "A list of update failures.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PrintServerFailureInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "printServerIds": { + "description": "A list of print server IDs that were successfully deleted.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BatchDeletePrintersRequest": { "description": "Request for deleting existing printers in batch.", "id": "BatchDeletePrintersRequest", @@ -5394,6 +5687,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CreatePrintServerRequest": { + "description": "Request for adding a new print server.", + "id": "CreatePrintServerRequest", + "properties": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The [unique ID](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers) of the customer's Google Workspace account. Format: `customers/{id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "printServer": { + "$ref": "PrintServer", + "description": "Required. A print server to create. If you want to place the print server under a specific organizational unit (OU), then populate the `org_unit_id`. Otherwise the print server is created under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/v1/guides/manage-org-units)." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreatePrinterRequest": { "description": "Request for adding a new printer.", "id": "CreatePrinterRequest", @@ -6025,6 +6333,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListPrintServersResponse": { + "id": "ListPrintServersResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` in a request to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "printServers": { + "description": "List of print servers.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PrintServer" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListPrinterModelsResponse": { "description": "Response for listing allowed printer models.", "id": "ListPrinterModelsResponse", @@ -6503,6 +6828,104 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PrintServer": { + "description": "Configuration for a print server.", + "id": "PrintServer", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time when the print server was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Editable. Description of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).", + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Editable. Display name of the print server (as shown in the Admin console).", + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "Immutable. ID of the print server. Leave empty when creating.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Resource name of the print server. Leave empty when creating. Format: `customers/{customer.id}/printServers/{print_server.id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "orgUnitId": { + "description": "ID of the organization unit (OU) that owns this print server. This value can only be set when the print server is initially created. If it's not populated, the print server is placed under the root OU. The `org_unit_id` can be retrieved using the [Directory API](/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/orgunits).", + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "Editable. Print server URI.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PrintServerFailureInfo": { + "description": "Info about failures", + "id": "PrintServerFailureInfo", + "properties": { + "errorCode": { + "description": "Canonical code for why the update failed to apply.", + "enum": [ + "OK", + "CANCELLED", + "UNKNOWN", + "INVALID_ARGUMENT", + "DEADLINE_EXCEEDED", + "NOT_FOUND", + "ALREADY_EXISTS", + "PERMISSION_DENIED", + "UNAUTHENTICATED", + "RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED", + "FAILED_PRECONDITION", + "ABORTED", + "OUT_OF_RANGE", + "UNIMPLEMENTED", + "INTERNAL", + "UNAVAILABLE", + "DATA_LOSS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not an error; returned on success. HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", + "The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller. HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request", + "Unknown error. For example, this error may be returned when a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to an error space that is not known in this address space. Also errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information may be converted to this error. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", + "The client specified an invalid argument. Note that this differs from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments that are problematic regardless of the state of the system (e.g., a malformed file name). HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", + "The deadline expired before the operation could complete. For operations that change the state of the system, this error may be returned even if the operation has completed successfully. For example, a successful response from a server could have been delayed long enough for the deadline to expire. HTTP Mapping: 504 Gateway Timeout", + "Some requested entity (e.g., file or directory) was not found. Note to server developers: if a request is denied for an entire class of users, such as gradual feature rollout or undocumented allowlist, `NOT_FOUND` may be used. If a request is denied for some users within a class of users, such as user-based access control, `PERMISSION_DENIED` must be used. HTTP Mapping: 404 Not Found", + "The entity that a client attempted to create (e.g., file or directory) already exists. HTTP Mapping: 409 Conflict", + "The caller does not have permission to execute the specified operation. `PERMISSION_DENIED` must not be used for rejections caused by exhausting some resource (use `RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED` instead for those errors). `PERMISSION_DENIED` must not be used if the caller can not be identified (use `UNAUTHENTICATED` instead for those errors). This error code does not imply the request is valid or the requested entity exists or satisfies other pre-conditions. HTTP Mapping: 403 Forbidden", + "The request does not have valid authentication credentials for the operation. HTTP Mapping: 401 Unauthorized", + "Some resource has been exhausted, perhaps a per-user quota, or perhaps the entire file system is out of space. HTTP Mapping: 429 Too Many Requests", + "The operation was rejected because the system is not in a state required for the operation's execution. For example, the directory to be deleted is non-empty, an rmdir operation is applied to a non-directory, etc. Service implementors can use the following guidelines to decide between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`, `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`: (a) Use `UNAVAILABLE` if the client can retry just the failing call. (b) Use `ABORTED` if the client should retry at a higher level. For example, when a client-specified test-and-set fails, indicating the client should restart a read-modify-write sequence. (c) Use `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the client should not retry until the system state has been explicitly fixed. For example, if an \"rmdir\" fails because the directory is non-empty, `FAILED_PRECONDITION` should be returned since the client should not retry unless the files are deleted from the directory. HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", + "The operation was aborted, typically due to a concurrency issue such as a sequencer check failure or transaction abort. See the guidelines above for deciding between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`, `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`. HTTP Mapping: 409 Conflict", + "The operation was attempted past the valid range. E.g., seeking or reading past end-of-file. Unlike `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, this error indicates a problem that may be fixed if the system state changes. For example, a 32-bit file system will generate `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if asked to read at an offset that is not in the range [0,2^32-1], but it will generate `OUT_OF_RANGE` if asked to read from an offset past the current file size. There is a fair bit of overlap between `FAILED_PRECONDITION` and `OUT_OF_RANGE`. We recommend using `OUT_OF_RANGE` (the more specific error) when it applies so that callers who are iterating through a space can easily look for an `OUT_OF_RANGE` error to detect when they are done. HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", + "The operation is not implemented or is not supported/enabled in this service. HTTP Mapping: 501 Not Implemented", + "Internal errors. This means that some invariants expected by the underlying system have been broken. This error code is reserved for serious errors. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", + "The service is currently unavailable. This is most likely a transient condition, which can be corrected by retrying with a backoff. Note that it is not always safe to retry non-idempotent operations. See the guidelines above for deciding between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`, `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`. HTTP Mapping: 503 Service Unavailable", + "Unrecoverable data loss or corruption. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "errorMessage": { + "description": "Failure reason message.", + "type": "string" + }, + "printServer": { + "$ref": "PrintServer", + "description": "Failed print server." + }, + "printServerId": { + "description": "ID of a failed print server.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Printer": { "description": "Printer configuration.", "id": "Printer", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index 49f5c355121..0be802f1fc8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index fe2e7a65788..63876d5b347 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index 22ffb655394..26acdb2eef1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index dfdafabf167..eab291002df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -322,6 +322,34 @@ "resources": { "adunits": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. Note that ad units can only be created for ad clients with an \"AFC\" product code. For more info see the [AdClient resource](https://developers.google.com/adsense/management/reference/rest/v2/accounts.adclients). For now, this method can only be used to create `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566", + "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/adunits", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "adsense.accounts.adclients.adunits.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Ad client to create an ad unit under. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adclients/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/adunits", + "request": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" + ] + }, "get": { "description": "Gets an ad unit from a specified account and ad client.", "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/adunits/{adunitsId}", @@ -447,11 +475,98 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates an ad unit. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product. For now, this method can only be used to update `DISPLAY` ad units. See: https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9183566", + "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/adunits/{adunitsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "adsense.accounts.adclients.adunits.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adclients/[^/]+/adunits/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to update. If empty, a full update is performed.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" + ] } } }, "customchannels": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.", + "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/customchannels", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "adsense.accounts.adclients.customchannels.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The ad client to create a custom channel under. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adclients/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/customchannels", + "request": { + "$ref": "CustomChannel" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "CustomChannel" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.", + "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/customchannels/{customchannelsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "adsense.accounts.adclients.customchannels.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the custom channel to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adclients/[^/]+/customchannels/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" + ] + }, "get": { "description": "Gets information about the selected custom channel.", "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/customchannels/{customchannelsId}", @@ -551,6 +666,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a custom channel. This method can only be used by projects enabled for the [AdSense for Platforms](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/) product.", + "flatPath": "v2/accounts/{accountsId}/adclients/{adclientsId}/customchannels/{customchannelsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "adsense.accounts.adclients.customchannels.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adclients/[^/]+/customchannels/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to update. If empty, a full update is performed.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "CustomChannel" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "CustomChannel" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" + ] } } }, @@ -1675,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -1947,6 +2096,10 @@ "description": "Representation of a custom channel.", "id": "CustomChannel", "properties": { + "active": { + "description": "Whether the custom channel is active and collecting data. See https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/10077192.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "displayName": { "description": "Required. Display name of the custom channel.", "type": "string" @@ -1986,6 +2139,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Empty": { + "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", + "id": "Empty", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "Header": { "description": "The header information of the columns requested in the report.", "id": "Header", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index 9431a96784e..324a9483e68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountSuspensionDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index 2f4388218ee..a5336c02004 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 34516ae9bfe..f7fa8b3098b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index 3db41050609..9a16c093297 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index 120962eb1af..ceda359ed52 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsreporting.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsreporting.v4.json index 6f562bd5bcd..97891921b16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsreporting.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsreporting.v4.json @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220816", + "revision": "20220918", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index 99d4b95351b..12431c373db 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 9b764a2107f..9660a690203 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index bec8aa6ad0a..cc400be48ea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -4326,7 +4326,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "keyguardDisabled": { - "description": "Whether the keyguard is disabled.", + "description": "If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays.", "type": "boolean" }, "keyguardDisabledFeatures": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 2fac3c8d587..cbc9f4b6c49 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcquisitionTargetingRule": { @@ -4079,6 +4079,10 @@ "description": "Whether the renewing base plan is backward compatible. The backward compatible base plan is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one renewing base plan can be marked as legacy compatible for a given subscription.", "type": "boolean" }, + "legacyCompatibleSubscriptionOfferId": { + "description": "Subscription offer id which is legacy compatible. The backward compatible subscription offer is returned by the Google Play Billing Library deprecated method querySkuDetailsAsync(). Only one subscription offer can be marked as legacy compatible for a given renewing base plan. To have no Subscription offer as legacy compatible set this field as empty string.", + "type": "string" + }, "prorationMode": { "description": "The proration mode for the base plan determines what happens when a user switches to this plan from another base plan. If unspecified, defaults to CHARGE_ON_NEXT_BILLING_DATE.", "enum": [ @@ -5543,7 +5547,7 @@ "id": "PrepaidPlan", "properties": { "allowExtendAfterTime": { - "description": "After this time, the subscription is allowed for a new top-up purchase. Not present if the subscription is already extended by a top-up purchase.", + "description": "If present, this is the time after which top up purchases are allowed for the prepaid plan. Will not be present for expired prepaid plans.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index c45a5352b95..3a0807fb0f9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 77061d121eb..4d0a6e1ed48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index 321ea716d0e..b3f67961cd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -8609,7 +8609,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -14934,7 +14934,7 @@ "DATA_LOSS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Not an error; returned on success HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", + "Not an error; returned on success. HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", "The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller. HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request", "Unknown error. For example, this error may be returned when a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to an error space that is not known in this address space. Also errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information may be converted to this error. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", "The client specified an invalid argument. Note that this differs from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments that are problematic regardless of the state of the system (e.g., a malformed file name). HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index 910c1859cba..f4dc09f3695 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 4f46c7cc74d..0ce521383fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index 8f98ee4e40a..11f6eaaa5f9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index bf70338cec2..4cd02485f8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index 06d0d3af4f0..fc7f57e4f90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index 56a8fc77db3..6662738a86a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -372,6 +372,118 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } + }, + "resources": { + "violations": { + "methods": { + "acknowledge": { + "description": "Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}/violations/{violationsId}:acknowledge", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "assuredworkloads.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.acknowledge", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Violation to acknowledge. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+/violations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}:acknowledge", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Retrieves Assured Workload Violation based on ID.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}/violations/{violationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "assuredworkloads.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Violation to fetch (ie. Violation.name). Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+/violations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Violation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists the Violations in the AssuredWorkload Environment. Callers may also choose to read across multiple Workloads as per [AIP-159](https://google.aip.dev/159) by using '-' (the hyphen or dash character) as a wildcard character instead of workload-id in the parent. Format `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/workloads/-`", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}/violations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "assuredworkloads.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. A custom filter for filtering by the Violations properties.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "interval.endTime": { + "description": "The end of the time window.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "interval.startTime": { + "description": "The start of the time window.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Optional. Page size.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. Page token returned from previous request.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The Workload name. Format `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/violations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ListViolationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } } } } @@ -379,9 +491,30 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { + "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest", + "properties": { + "comment": { + "description": "Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement", + "type": "string" + }, + "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationResponse": { + "description": "Response for violation acknowledgement", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", @@ -432,6 +565,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ListViolationsResponse": { + "description": "Response of ListViolations endpoint.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ListViolationsResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The next page token. Returns empty if reached the last page.", + "type": "string" + }, + "violations": { + "description": "List of Violations under a Workload.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Violation" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ListWorkloadsResponse": { "description": "Response of ListWorkloads endpoint.", "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ListWorkloadsResponse", @@ -477,6 +628,202 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Violation": { + "description": "Workload monitoring Violation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Violation", + "properties": { + "acknowledged": { + "description": "A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "acknowledgementTime": { + "description": "Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "auditLogLink": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "beginTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "category": { + "description": "Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Output only. Description for the Violation. e.g. OrgPolicy gcp.resourceLocations has non compliant value.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "orgPolicyConstraint": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "remediation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediation", + "description": "Output only. Compliance violation remediation", + "readOnly": true + }, + "resolveTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. State of the violation", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ACTIVE", + "RESOLVED", + "UNRESOLVED", + "EXCEPTION" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified state.", + "Violation currently active. ", + "Violation is resolved.", + "Violation is Unresolved", + "Violation is Exception" + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediation": { + "description": "Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediation", + "properties": { + "compliantValues": { + "description": "Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "instructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructions", + "description": "Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations" + }, + "remediationType": { + "description": "Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated", + "enum": [ + "REMEDIATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "REMEDIATION_BOOLEAN_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_LIST_ALLOWED_VALUES_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_LIST_DENIED_VALUES_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_RESTRICT_CMEK_CRYPTO_KEY_PROJECTS_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified remediation type", + "Remediation type for boolean org policy", + "Remediation type for list org policy which have allowed values in the monitoring rule", + "Remediation type for list org policy which have denied values in the monitoring rule", + "Remediation type for gcp.restrictCmekCryptoKeyProjects" + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructions": { + "description": "Instructions to remediate violation", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructions", + "properties": { + "consoleInstructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole", + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console" + }, + "gcloudInstructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud", + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole": { + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole", + "properties": { + "additionalLinks": { + "description": "Additional urls for more information about steps", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "consoleUris": { + "description": "Link to console page where violations can be resolved", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "steps": { + "description": "Steps to resolve violation via cloud console", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud": { + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud", + "properties": { + "additionalLinks": { + "description": "Additional urls for more information about steps", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "gcloudCommands": { + "description": "Gcloud command to resolve violation", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "steps": { + "description": "Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Workload": { "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Workload", @@ -720,748 +1067,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { - "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", - "properties": { - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Optional. Time when the operation was created.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Optional. The display name of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Optional. The parent of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Optional. Resource properties in the input that are used for creating/customizing workload resources.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload": { - "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload", - "properties": { - "billingAccount": { - "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", - "type": "string" - }, - "cjisSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." - }, - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "compliantButDisallowedServices": { - "description": "Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment.\"", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The Workload creation timestamp.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload", - "type": "string" - }, - "enableSovereignControls": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "etag": { - "description": "Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.", - "type": "string" - }, - "fedrampHighSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." - }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." - }, - "il4Settings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." - }, - "kajEnrollmentState": { - "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", - "enum": [ - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_PENDING", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Pending State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Complete State for KAJ Enrollment." - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." - }, - "labels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Labels applied to the workload.", - "type": "object" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Optional. The resource name of the workload. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload} Read-only.", - "type": "string" - }, - "provisionedResourcesParent": { - "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "resources": { - "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", - "readOnly": true - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for IL4.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "properties": { - "nextRotationTime": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "rotationPeriod": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours.", - "format": "google-duration", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo": { - "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo", - "properties": { - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource.", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings": { - "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings", - "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail. For KeyRing, this represents the keyring_id. For a folder, don't set this value as folder_id is assigned by Google.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "setupErrors": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "SETUP_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", - "ERROR_INVALID_BASE_SETUP", - "ERROR_MISSING_EXTERNAL_SIGNING_KEY", - "ERROR_NOT_ALL_SERVICES_ENROLLED", - "ERROR_SETUP_CHECK_FAILED" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "Invalid states for all customers, to be redirected to AA UI for additional details.", - "Returned when there is not an EKM key configured.", - "Returned when there are no enrolled services or the customer is enrolled in CAA only for a subset of services.", - "Returned when exception was encountered during evaluation of other criteria." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "setupStatus": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.", - "enum": [ - "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "STATUS_PENDING", - "STATUS_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "SAA enrollment pending.", - "SAA enrollment comopleted." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainCreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { - "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainCreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", - "properties": { - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Optional. Time when the operation was created.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Optional. The display name of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Optional. The parent of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Optional. Resource properties in the input that are used for creating/customizing workload resources.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkload": { - "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkload", - "properties": { - "billingAccount": { - "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", - "type": "string" - }, - "cjisSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." - }, - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "complianceStatus": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus", - "description": "Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload.", - "readOnly": true - }, - "compliantButDisallowedServices": { - "description": "Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment.\"", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The Workload creation timestamp.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload", - "type": "string" - }, - "enableSovereignControls": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "etag": { - "description": "Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.", - "type": "string" - }, - "fedrampHighSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." - }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." - }, - "il4Settings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." - }, - "kajEnrollmentState": { - "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", - "enum": [ - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_PENDING", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Pending State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Complete State for KAJ Enrollment." - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." - }, - "labels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Labels applied to the workload.", - "type": "object" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Optional. The resource name of the workload. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload} Read-only.", - "type": "string" - }, - "provisionedResourcesParent": { - "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "resources": { - "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", - "readOnly": true - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus": { - "description": "Represents the Compliance Status of this workload", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus", - "properties": { - "acknowledgedViolationCount": { - "description": "Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" - }, - "activeViolationCount": { - "description": "Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for IL4.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", - "properties": { - "nextRotationTime": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "rotationPeriod": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours.", - "format": "google-duration", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo": { - "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo", - "properties": { - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource.", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings": { - "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings", - "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail. For KeyRing, this represents the keyring_id. For a folder, don't set this value as folder_id is assigned by Google.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "setupErrors": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "SETUP_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", - "ERROR_INVALID_BASE_SETUP", - "ERROR_MISSING_EXTERNAL_SIGNING_KEY", - "ERROR_NOT_ALL_SERVICES_ENROLLED", - "ERROR_SETUP_CHECK_FAILED" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "Invalid states for all customers, to be redirected to AA UI for additional details.", - "Returned when there is not an EKM key configured.", - "Returned when there are no enrolled services or the customer is enrolled in CAA only for a subset of services.", - "Returned when exception was encountered during evaluation of other criteria." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "setupStatus": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.", - "enum": [ - "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "STATUS_PENDING", - "STATUS_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "SAA enrollment pending.", - "SAA enrollment comopleted." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index 6105c46c8e9..0f0284e9c73 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/workloads", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -335,10 +335,10 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload" }, "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+source}/{+target}:analyzeWorkloadMove", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -426,6 +426,34 @@ }, "violations": { "methods": { + "acknowledge": { + "description": "Acknowledges an existing violation. By acknowledging a violation, users acknowledge the existence of a compliance violation in their workload and decide to ignore it due to a valid business justification. Acknowledgement is a permanent operation and it cannot be reverted.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}/violations/{violationsId}:acknowledge", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "assuredworkloads.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.acknowledge", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Violation to acknowledge. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload}/violations/{violation}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+/violations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}:acknowledge", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "get": { "description": "Retrieves Assured Workload Violation based on ID.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}/violations/{violationsId}", @@ -445,7 +473,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Violation" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Violation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -498,7 +526,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/violations", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListViolationsResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListViolationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -552,7 +580,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+project}/{+target}:analyzeWorkloadMove", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -567,1206 +595,314 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { - "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { + "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest", "properties": { - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", + "comment": { + "description": "Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement", + "type": "string" + }, + "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationResponse": { + "description": "Response for violation acknowledgement", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse": { + "description": "A response that includes the analysis of the hypothetical resource move.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse", + "properties": { + "blockers": { + "description": "A list of blockers that should be addressed before moving the source project or project-based workload to the destination folder-based workload.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListViolationsResponse": { + "description": "Response of ListViolations endpoint.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListViolationsResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The next page token. Returns empty if reached the last page.", + "type": "string" + }, + "violations": { + "description": "List of Violations under a Workload.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Violation" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse": { + "description": "Response of ListWorkloads endpoint.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The next page token. Return empty if reached the last page.", + "type": "string" + }, + "workloads": { + "description": "List of Workloads under a given parent.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesRequest": { + "description": "Request for restricting list of available resources in Workload environment.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesRequest", + "properties": { + "restrictionType": { + "description": "Required. The type of restriction for using gcp products in the Workload environment.", "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" + "RESTRICTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ALLOW_ALL_GCP_RESOURCES", + "ALLOW_COMPLIANT_RESOURCES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" + "Unknown restriction type.", + "Allow the use all of all gcp products, irrespective of the compliance posture. This effectively removes gcp.restrictServiceUsage OrgPolicy on the AssuredWorkloads Folder.", + "Based on Workload's compliance regime, allowed list changes. See - https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/docs/supported-products for the list of supported resources." ], "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesResponse": { + "description": "Response for restricting the list of allowed resources.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Violation": { + "description": "Workload monitoring Violation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Violation", + "properties": { + "acknowledged": { + "description": "A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged", + "type": "boolean" }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Optional. Time when the operation was created.", + "acknowledgementTime": { + "description": "Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged last. This will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Optional. The display name of the workload.", + "auditLogLink": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "beginTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "category": { + "description": "Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Output only. Description for the Violation. e.g. OrgPolicy gcp.resourceLocations has non compliant value.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "orgPolicyConstraint": { + "description": "Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "remediation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediation", + "description": "Output only. Compliance violation remediation", + "readOnly": true + }, + "resolveTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. State of the violation", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ACTIVE", + "RESOLVED", + "UNRESOLVED", + "EXCEPTION" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified state.", + "Violation currently active. ", + "Violation is resolved.", + "Violation is Unresolved", + "Violation is Exception" + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediation": { + "description": "Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediation", + "properties": { + "compliantValues": { + "description": "Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" }, - "parent": { - "description": "Optional. The parent of the workload.", + "instructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructions", + "description": "Required. Remediation instructions to resolve violations" + }, + "remediationType": { + "description": "Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated", + "enum": [ + "REMEDIATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "REMEDIATION_BOOLEAN_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_LIST_ALLOWED_VALUES_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_LIST_DENIED_VALUES_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "REMEDIATION_RESTRICT_CMEK_CRYPTO_KEY_PROJECTS_ORG_POLICY_VIOLATION" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified remediation type", + "Remediation type for boolean org policy", + "Remediation type for list org policy which have allowed values in the monitoring rule", + "Remediation type for list org policy which have denied values in the monitoring rule", + "Remediation type for gcp.restrictCmekCryptoKeyProjects" + ], + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Workload": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructions": { + "description": "Instructions to remediate violation", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructions", + "properties": { + "consoleInstructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole", + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console" + }, + "gcloudInstructions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud", + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole": { + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via cloud console", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsConsole", + "properties": { + "additionalLinks": { + "description": "Additional urls for more information about steps", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "consoleUris": { + "description": "Link to console page where violations can be resolved", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "steps": { + "description": "Steps to resolve violation via cloud console", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud": { + "description": "Remediation instructions to resolve violation via gcloud cli", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1ViolationRemediationInstructionsGcloud", + "properties": { + "additionalLinks": { + "description": "Additional urls for more information about steps", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "gcloudCommands": { + "description": "Gcloud command to resolve violation", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "steps": { + "description": "Steps to resolve violation via gcloud cli", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload": { "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1Workload", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload", "properties": { "billingAccount": { "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", "type": "string" - }, - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "compliantButDisallowedServices": { - "description": "Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment.\"", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The Workload creation timestamp.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload", - "type": "string" - }, - "enableSovereignControls": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "etag": { - "description": "Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.", - "type": "string" - }, - "kajEnrollmentState": { - "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", - "enum": [ - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_PENDING", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Pending State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Complete State for KAJ Enrollment." - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." - }, - "labels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Labels applied to the workload.", - "type": "object" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Optional. The resource name of the workload. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload} Read-only.", - "type": "string" - }, - "provisionedResourcesParent": { - "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "resources": { - "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceInfo" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", - "readOnly": true - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadKMSSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "properties": { - "nextRotationTime": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "rotationPeriod": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours.", - "format": "google-duration", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceInfo": { - "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceInfo", - "properties": { - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource.", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Consumer project. AssuredWorkloads Projects are no longer supported. This field will be ignored only in CreateWorkload requests. ListWorkloads and GetWorkload will continue to provide projects information. Use CONSUMER_FOLDER instead.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceSettings": { - "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceSettings", - "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail. For KeyRing, this represents the keyring_id. For a folder, don't set this value as folder_id is assigned by Google.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Consumer project. AssuredWorkloads Projects are no longer supported. This field will be ignored only in CreateWorkload requests. ListWorkloads and GetWorkload will continue to provide projects information. Use CONSUMER_FOLDER instead.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "setupErrors": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "SETUP_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", - "ERROR_INVALID_BASE_SETUP", - "ERROR_MISSING_EXTERNAL_SIGNING_KEY", - "ERROR_NOT_ALL_SERVICES_ENROLLED", - "ERROR_SETUP_CHECK_FAILED" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "Invalid states for all customers, to be redirected to AA UI for additional details.", - "Returned when there is not an EKM key configured.", - "Returned when there are no enrolled services or the customer is enrolled in CAA only for a subset of services.", - "Returned when exception was encountered during evaluation of other criteria." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "setupStatus": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.", - "enum": [ - "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "STATUS_PENDING", - "STATUS_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "SAA enrollment pending.", - "SAA enrollment comopleted." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { - "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", - "properties": { - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Optional. Time when the operation was created.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Optional. The display name of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Optional. The parent of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Optional. Resource properties in the input that are used for creating/customizing workload resources.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesRequest": { - "description": "Request for restricting list of available resources in Workload environment.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesRequest", - "properties": { - "restrictionType": { - "description": "Required. The type of restriction for using gcp products in the Workload environment.", - "enum": [ - "RESTRICTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "ALLOW_ALL_GCP_RESOURCES", - "ALLOW_COMPLIANT_RESOURCES" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown restriction type.", - "Allow the use all of all gcp products, irrespective of the compliance posture. This effectively removes gcp.restrictServiceUsage OrgPolicy on the AssuredWorkloads Folder.", - "Based on Workload's compliance regime, allowed list changes. See - https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/docs/supported-products for the list of supported resources." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesResponse": { - "description": "Response for restricting the list of allowed resources.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1RestrictAllowedResourcesResponse", - "properties": {}, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload": { - "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1Workload", - "properties": { - "billingAccount": { - "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", - "type": "string" - }, - "cjisSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." - }, - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "compliantButDisallowedServices": { - "description": "Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment.\"", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The Workload creation timestamp.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload", - "type": "string" - }, - "enableSovereignControls": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "etag": { - "description": "Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.", - "type": "string" - }, - "fedrampHighSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." - }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." - }, - "il4Settings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." - }, - "kajEnrollmentState": { - "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", - "enum": [ - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_PENDING", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Pending State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Complete State for KAJ Enrollment." - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." - }, - "labels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Labels applied to the workload.", - "type": "object" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Optional. The resource name of the workload. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload} Read-only.", - "type": "string" - }, - "provisionedResourcesParent": { - "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "resources": { - "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", - "readOnly": true - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for IL4.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "properties": { - "nextRotationTime": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "rotationPeriod": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours.", - "format": "google-duration", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo": { - "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo", - "properties": { - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource.", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings": { - "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings", - "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail. For KeyRing, this represents the keyring_id. For a folder, don't set this value as folder_id is assigned by Google.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "setupErrors": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "SETUP_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", - "ERROR_INVALID_BASE_SETUP", - "ERROR_MISSING_EXTERNAL_SIGNING_KEY", - "ERROR_NOT_ALL_SERVICES_ENROLLED", - "ERROR_SETUP_CHECK_FAILED" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "Invalid states for all customers, to be redirected to AA UI for additional details.", - "Returned when there is not an EKM key configured.", - "Returned when there are no enrolled services or the customer is enrolled in CAA only for a subset of services.", - "Returned when exception was encountered during evaluation of other criteria." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "setupStatus": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.", - "enum": [ - "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "STATUS_PENDING", - "STATUS_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "SAA enrollment pending.", - "SAA enrollment comopleted." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse": { - "description": "A response that includes the analysis of the hypothetical resource move.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1AnalyzeWorkloadMoveResponse", - "properties": { - "blockers": { - "description": "A list of blockers that should be addressed before moving the source project or project-based workload to the destination folder-based workload.", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListViolationsResponse": { - "description": "Response of ListViolations endpoint.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListViolationsResponse", - "properties": { - "nextPageToken": { - "description": "The next page token. Returns empty if reached the last page.", - "type": "string" - }, - "violations": { - "description": "List of Violations under a Workload.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Violation" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse": { - "description": "Response of ListWorkloads endpoint.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1ListWorkloadsResponse", - "properties": { - "nextPageToken": { - "description": "The next page token. Return empty if reached the last page.", - "type": "string" - }, - "workloads": { - "description": "List of Workloads under a given parent.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Violation": { - "description": "Workload monitoring Violation.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Violation", - "properties": { - "auditLogLink": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder}", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "beginTime": { - "description": "Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "category": { - "description": "Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc.", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "description": { - "description": "Output only. Description for the Violation. e.g. OrgPolicy gcp.resourceLocations has non compliant value.", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id}", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "orgPolicyConstraint": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation.", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "resolveTime": { - "description": "Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "state": { - "description": "Output only. State of the violation", - "enum": [ - "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "ACTIVE", - "RESOLVED", - "UNRESOLVED", - "EXCEPTION" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified state.", - "Violation currently active. ", - "Violation is resolved.", - "Violation is Unresolved", - "Violation is Exception" - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "updateTime": { - "description": "Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload": { - "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1Workload", - "properties": { - "billingAccount": { - "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", - "type": "string" - }, - "cjisSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." - }, - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "complianceStatus": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus", - "description": "Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload.", - "readOnly": true - }, - "compliantButDisallowedServices": { - "description": "Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment.\"", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The Workload creation timestamp.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Required. The user-assigned display name of the Workload. When present it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, and spaces. Example: My Workload", - "type": "string" - }, - "enableSovereignControls": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "etag": { - "description": "Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.", - "type": "string" - }, - "fedrampHighSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." - }, - "fedrampModerateSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." - }, - "il4Settings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." - }, - "kajEnrollmentState": { - "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", - "enum": [ - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_PENDING", - "KAJ_ENROLLMENT_STATE_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Pending State for KAJ Enrollment.", - "Complete State for KAJ Enrollment." - ], - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." - }, - "labels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Labels applied to the workload.", - "type": "object" - }, - "name": { - "description": "Optional. The resource name of the workload. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload} Read-only.", - "type": "string" - }, - "provisionedResourcesParent": { - "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "resources": { - "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" - }, - "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", - "readOnly": true - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus": { - "description": "Represents the Compliance Status of this workload", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus", - "properties": { - "acknowledgedViolationCount": { - "description": "Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" - }, - "activeViolationCount": { - "description": "Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings": { - "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for IL4.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", - "properties": { - "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings": { - "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", - "properties": { - "nextRotationTime": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "rotationPeriod": { - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. [next_rotation_time] will be advanced by this period when the Key Management Service automatically rotates a key. Must be at least 24 hours and at most 876,000 hours.", - "format": "google-duration", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo": { - "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo", - "properties": { - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource.", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings": { - "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings", - "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceId": { - "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail. For KeyRing, this represents the keyring_id. For a folder, don't set this value as folder_id is assigned by Google.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceType": { - "description": "Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)", - "enum": [ - "RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", - "CONSUMER_PROJECT", - "CONSUMER_FOLDER", - "ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT", - "KEYRING" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown resource type.", - "Deprecated. Existing workloads will continue to support this, but new CreateWorkloadRequests should not specify this as an input value.", - "Consumer Folder.", - "Consumer project containing encryption keys.", - "Keyring resource that hosts encryption keys." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "setupErrors": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "SETUP_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", - "ERROR_INVALID_BASE_SETUP", - "ERROR_MISSING_EXTERNAL_SIGNING_KEY", - "ERROR_NOT_ALL_SERVICES_ENROLLED", - "ERROR_SETUP_CHECK_FAILED" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "Invalid states for all customers, to be redirected to AA UI for additional details.", - "Returned when there is not an EKM key configured.", - "Returned when there are no enrolled services or the customer is enrolled in CAA only for a subset of services.", - "Returned when exception was encountered during evaluation of other criteria." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "setupStatus": { - "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.", - "enum": [ - "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "STATUS_PENDING", - "STATUS_COMPLETE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unspecified.", - "SAA enrollment pending.", - "SAA enrollment comopleted." - ], - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainCreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { - "description": "Operation metadata to give request details of CreateWorkload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainCreateWorkloadOperationMetadata", - "properties": { - "complianceRegime": { - "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", - "enum": [ - "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", - "IL4", - "CJIS", - "FEDRAMP_HIGH", - "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", - "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", - "HIPAA", - "HITRUST", - "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", - "ITAR" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown compliance regime.", - "Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", - "Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", - "FedRAMP High data protection controls", - "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", - "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", - "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", - "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", - "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", - "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", - "International Traffic in Arms Regulations" - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "createTime": { - "description": "Optional. Time when the operation was created.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Optional. The display name of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Optional. The parent of the workload.", - "type": "string" - }, - "resourceSettings": { - "description": "Optional. Resource properties in the input that are used for creating/customizing workload resources.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkload": { - "description": "An Workload object for managing highly regulated workloads of cloud customers.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkload", - "properties": { - "billingAccount": { - "description": "Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.", - "type": "string" - }, - "cjisSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." + }, + "cjisSettings": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", + "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS." }, "complianceRegime": { "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", @@ -1799,7 +935,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "complianceStatus": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus", "description": "Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload.", "readOnly": true }, @@ -1830,16 +966,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "fedrampHighSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", + "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High." }, "fedrampModerateSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", + "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate." }, "il4Settings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings", - "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", + "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings specific to resources needed for IL4." }, "kajEnrollmentState": { "description": "Output only. Represents the KAJ enrollment state of the given workload.", @@ -1857,7 +993,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "description": "Input only. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key. When set, a project with a KMS CMEK key is provisioned. This field is deprecated as of Feb 28, 2022. In order to create a Keyring, callers should specify, ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT or KEYRING in ResourceSettings.resource_type field." }, "labels": { @@ -1878,40 +1014,40 @@ "resourceSettings": { "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings" }, "type": "array" }, "resources": { "description": "Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.", "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo" }, "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "saaEnrollmentResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", "description": "Output only. Represents the SAA enrollment response of the given workload. SAA enrollment response is queried during GetWorkload call. In failure cases, user friendly error message is shown in SAA details page.", "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings": { "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for CJIS.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadCJISSettings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadCJISSettings", "properties": { "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus": { "description": "Represents the Compliance Status of this workload", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadComplianceStatus", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus", "properties": { "acknowledgedViolationCount": { "description": "Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload.", @@ -1926,42 +1062,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings": { "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP High.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampHighSettings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampHighSettings", "properties": { "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings": { "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for FedRAMP Moderate.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadFedrampModerateSettings", "properties": { "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings": { "description": "Settings specific to resources needed for IL4.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadIL4Settings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadIL4Settings", "properties": { "kmsSettings": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "description": "Input only. Immutable. Settings used to create a CMEK crypto key." } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings": { "description": "Settings specific to the Key Management Service.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadKMSSettings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadKMSSettings", "properties": { "nextRotationTime": { "description": "Required. Input only. Immutable. The time at which the Key Management Service will automatically create a new version of the crypto key and mark it as the primary.", @@ -1976,9 +1112,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo": { "description": "Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceInfo", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo", "properties": { "resourceId": { "description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.", @@ -2006,9 +1142,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings": { "description": "Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadResourceSettings", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceSettings", "properties": { "displayName": { "description": "User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.", @@ -2039,9 +1175,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { + "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse": { "description": "Signed Access Approvals (SAA) enrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsVersioningV1mainWorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", + "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse", "properties": { "setupErrors": { "description": "Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index 73b4d348a13..22120a3a040 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json index fe11989d960..2890e6620d4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json @@ -226,49 +226,9 @@ ] } } - }, - "projects": { - "resources": { - "locations": { - "resources": { - "instances": { - "methods": { - "resetInstance": { - "description": "Perform an ungraceful, hard reset on a machine (equivalent to shutting the power off, and then turning it back on).", - "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:resetInstance", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.instances.resetInstance", - "parameterOrder": [ - "instance" - ], - "parameters": { - "instance": { - "description": "Required. Name of the instance to reset.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1/{+instance}:resetInstance", - "request": { - "$ref": "ResetInstanceRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "ResetInstanceResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - } - } - } - } - } - } } }, - "revision": "20220829", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -336,18 +296,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "ResetInstanceRequest": { - "description": "Request for ResetInstance.", - "id": "ResetInstanceRequest", - "properties": {}, - "type": "object" - }, - "ResetInstanceResponse": { - "description": "Response for ResetInstance.", - "id": "ResetInstanceResponse", - "properties": {}, - "type": "object" - }, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index b6f1bb323bd..c97f9befd45 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -263,6 +263,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "disableInteractiveSerialConsole": { + "description": "Disable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:disableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.instances.disableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}:disableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "request": { + "$ref": "DisableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "enableInteractiveSerialConsole": { + "description": "Enable the interactive serial console feature on an instance.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:enableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.instances.enableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}:enableInteractiveSerialConsole", + "request": { + "$ref": "EnableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "get": { "description": "Get details about a single server.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}", @@ -559,7 +615,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { - "description": "The list of fields to update. The only currently supported fields are: `labels`, `reservations`", + "description": "The list of fields to update. The only currently supported fields are: `labels`, `reservations`, `vrf.vlan_attachments`", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -839,7 +895,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Output only. The name of the provisioning config.", + "description": "Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/provisioningConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -933,6 +989,104 @@ } } }, + "sshKeys": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Register a public SSH key in the specified project for use with the interactive serial console feature.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sshKeys", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.sshKeys.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent containing the SSH keys.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "sshKeyId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the key, which will become the final component of the key's resource name. This value must match the regex: [a-zA-Z0-9@.\\-_]{1,64}", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/sshKeys", + "request": { + "$ref": "SSHKey" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SSHKey" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a public SSH key registered in the specified project.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sshKeys/{sshKeysId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.sshKeys.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the SSH key to delete. Currently, the only valid value for the location is \"global\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sshKeys/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists the public SSH keys registered for the specified project. These SSH keys are used only for the interactive serial console feature.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sshKeys", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.sshKeys.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of items to return.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent containing the SSH keys. Currently, the only valid value for the location is \"global\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/sshKeys", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListSSHKeysResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "volumes": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -1137,7 +1291,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220829", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { @@ -1206,6 +1360,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DisableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest": { + "description": "Message for disabling the interactive serial console on an instance.", + "id": "DisableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "Empty": { + "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", + "id": "Empty", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "EnableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest": { + "description": "Message for enabling the interactive serial console on an instance.", + "id": "EnableInteractiveSerialConsoleRequest", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "FetchInstanceProvisioningSettingsResponse": { "description": "Response with all provisioning settings.", "id": "FetchInstanceProvisioningSettingsResponse", @@ -1356,13 +1528,21 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PROVISIONING", "RUNNING", - "DELETED" + "DELETED", + "UPDATING", + "STARTING", + "STOPPING", + "SHUTDOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The server is in an unknown state.", "The server is being provisioned.", "The server is running.", - "The server has been deleted." + "The server has been deleted.", + "The server is being updated.", + "The server is starting.", + "The server is stopping.", + "The server is shutdown." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1646,6 +1826,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListSSHKeysResponse": { + "description": "Message for response of ListSSHKeys.", + "id": "ListSSHKeysResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sshKeys": { + "description": "The SSH keys registered in the project.", + "items": { + "$ref": "SSHKey" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListVolumesResponse": { "description": "Response message containing the list of storage volumes.", "id": "ListVolumesResponse", @@ -1848,6 +2046,11 @@ "description": "The cidr of the Network.", "type": "string" }, + "gatewayIp": { + "description": "Output only. Gateway ip address.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "id": { "description": "An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend.", "type": "string" @@ -1908,13 +2111,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PROVISIONING", "PROVISIONED", - "DEPROVISIONING" + "DEPROVISIONING", + "UPDATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The Network is in an unknown state.", "The Network is provisioning.", "The Network has been provisioned.", - "The Network is being deprovisioned." + "The Network is being deprovisioned.", + "The Network is being updated." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2360,6 +2565,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "customId": { + "description": "Optional. The user-defined identifier of the provisioning config.", + "type": "string" + }, "email": { "description": "Email provided to send a confirmation with provisioning config to. Deprecated in favour of email field in request messages.", "type": "string" @@ -2380,7 +2589,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Output only. The name of the provisioning config.", + "description": "Output only. The system-generated name of the provisioning config. This follows the UUID format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2534,6 +2743,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SSHKey": { + "description": "An SSH key, used for authorizing with the interactive serial console feature.", + "id": "SSHKey", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "Output only. The name of this SSH key. Currently, the only valid value for the location is \"global\".", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicKey": { + "description": "The public SSH key. This must be in OpenSSH .authorized_keys format.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServerNetworkTemplate": { "description": "Network template.", "id": "ServerNetworkTemplate", @@ -2779,12 +3004,14 @@ "enum": [ "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_SHARED", - "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_DEDICATED" + "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED", + "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_HT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Value is not specified.", "Regular volumes, shared aggregates.", - "Dedicated (assigned) aggregates." + "Assigned aggregates.", + "High throughput aggregates." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2851,13 +3078,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "CREATING", "READY", - "DELETING" + "DELETING", + "UPDATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The storage volume is in an unknown state.", "The storage volume is being created.", "The storage volume is ready for use.", - "The storage volume has been requested to be deleted." + "The storage volume has been requested to be deleted.", + "The storage volume is being updated." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2921,12 +3150,14 @@ "enum": [ "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_SHARED", - "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_DEDICATED" + "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED", + "VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_HT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Value is not specified.", "Regular volumes, shared aggregates.", - "Dedicated (assigned) aggregates." + "Assigned aggregates.", + "High throughput aggregates." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json index 7c63fbe0f2e..530a970aa05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json index ac1ce1253c9..7ff55ada885 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json @@ -2897,7 +2897,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 8214945aad6..b424a77bf1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -4107,6 +4107,10 @@ "description": "[Optional] Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. The following values are supported: CREATE_IF_NEEDED: If the table does not exist, BigQuery creates the table. CREATE_NEVER: The table must already exist. If it does not, a 'notFound' error is returned in the job result. The default value is CREATE_IF_NEEDED. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion.", "type": "string" }, + "createSession": { + "description": "If true, creates a new session, where session id will be a server generated random id. If false, runs query with an existing session_id passed in ConnectionProperty, otherwise runs the load job in non-session mode.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "decimalTargetTypes": { "description": "[Optional] Defines the list of possible SQL data types to which the source decimal values are converted. This list and the precision and the scale parameters of the decimal field determine the target type. In the order of NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, and STRING, a type is picked if it is in the specified list and if it supports the precision and the scale. STRING supports all precision and scale values. If none of the listed types supports the precision and the scale, the type supporting the widest range in the specified list is picked, and if a value exceeds the supported range when reading the data, an error will be thrown. Example: Suppose the value of this field is [\"NUMERIC\", \"BIGNUMERIC\"]. If (precision,scale) is: (38,9) -> NUMERIC; (39,9) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 30 integer digits); (38,10) -> BIGNUMERIC (NUMERIC cannot hold 10 fractional digits); (76,38) -> BIGNUMERIC; (77,38) -> BIGNUMERIC (error if value exeeds supported range). This field cannot contain duplicate types. The order of the types in this field is ignored. For example, [\"BIGNUMERIC\", \"NUMERIC\"] is the same as [\"NUMERIC\", \"BIGNUMERIC\"] and NUMERIC always takes precedence over BIGNUMERIC. Defaults to [\"NUMERIC\", \"STRING\"] for ORC and [\"NUMERIC\"] for the other file formats.", "items": { @@ -4607,25 +4611,25 @@ "properties": { "biEngineStatistics": { "$ref": "BiEngineStatistics", - "description": "BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics." + "description": "BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output only] BI Engine specific Statistics." }, "billingTier": { - "description": "[Output-only] Billing tier for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Billing tier for the job.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "cacheHit": { - "description": "[Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.", + "description": "[Output only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.", "type": "boolean" }, "ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": { - "description": "[Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.", + "description": "[Output only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "ddlDestinationTable": { "$ref": "TableReference", - "description": "[Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information." + "description": "[Output only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information." }, "ddlOperationPerformed": { "description": "The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): \"CREATE\": The query created the DDL target. \"SKIP\": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. \"REPLACE\": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. \"DROP\": The query deleted the DDL target.", @@ -4633,7 +4637,7 @@ }, "ddlTargetDataset": { "$ref": "DatasetReference", - "description": "[Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries." + "description": "[Output only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries." }, "ddlTargetRoutine": { "$ref": "RoutineReference", @@ -4641,75 +4645,75 @@ }, "ddlTargetRowAccessPolicy": { "$ref": "RowAccessPolicyReference", - "description": "[Output-only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries." + "description": "[Output only] [Preview] The DDL target row access policy. Present only for CREATE/DROP ROW ACCESS POLICY queries." }, "ddlTargetTable": { "$ref": "TableReference", - "description": "[Output-only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries." + "description": "[Output only] The DDL target table. Present only for CREATE/DROP TABLE/VIEW and DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries." }, "dmlStats": { "$ref": "DmlStatistics", - "description": "[Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE." + "description": "[Output only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE." }, "estimatedBytesProcessed": { - "description": "[Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "mlStatistics": { "$ref": "MlStatistics", - "description": "[Output-only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job." + "description": "[Output only] Statistics of a BigQuery ML training job." }, "modelTraining": { "$ref": "BigQueryModelTraining", - "description": "[Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress." + "description": "[Output only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress." }, "modelTrainingCurrentIteration": { - "description": "[Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use.", + "description": "[Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "modelTrainingExpectedTotalIteration": { - "description": "[Output-only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use.", + "description": "[Output only, Beta] Deprecated; do not use.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "numDmlAffectedRows": { - "description": "[Output-only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE.", + "description": "[Output only] The number of rows affected by a DML statement. Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "queryPlan": { - "description": "[Output-only] Describes execution plan for the query.", + "description": "[Output only] Describes execution plan for the query.", "items": { "$ref": "ExplainQueryStage" }, "type": "array" }, "referencedRoutines": { - "description": "[Output-only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Referenced routines (persistent user-defined functions and stored procedures) for the job.", "items": { "$ref": "RoutineReference" }, "type": "array" }, "referencedTables": { - "description": "[Output-only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list.", + "description": "[Output only] Referenced tables for the job. Queries that reference more than 50 tables will not have a complete list.", "items": { "$ref": "TableReference" }, "type": "array" }, "reservationUsage": { - "description": "[Output-only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation.", + "description": "[Output only] Job resource usage breakdown by reservation.", "items": { "properties": { "name": { - "description": "[Output-only] Reservation name or \"unreserved\" for on-demand resources usage.", + "description": "[Output only] Reservation name or \"unreserved\" for on-demand resources usage.", "type": "string" }, "slotMs": { - "description": "[Output-only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation.", + "description": "[Output only] Slot-milliseconds the job spent in the given reservation.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } @@ -4720,48 +4724,48 @@ }, "schema": { "$ref": "TableSchema", - "description": "[Output-only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries." + "description": "[Output only] The schema of the results. Present only for successful dry run of non-legacy SQL queries." }, "searchStatistics": { "$ref": "SearchStatistics", - "description": "[Output-only] Search query specific statistics." + "description": "[Output only] Search query specific statistics." }, "sparkStatistics": { "$ref": "SparkStatistics", - "description": "[Output-only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job." + "description": "[Output only] Statistics of a Spark procedure job." }, "statementType": { "description": "The type of query statement, if valid. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): \"SELECT\": SELECT query. \"INSERT\": INSERT query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. \"UPDATE\": UPDATE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. \"DELETE\": DELETE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. \"MERGE\": MERGE query; see https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-manipulation-language. \"ALTER_TABLE\": ALTER TABLE query. \"ALTER_VIEW\": ALTER VIEW query. \"ASSERT\": ASSERT condition AS 'description'. \"CREATE_FUNCTION\": CREATE FUNCTION query. \"CREATE_MODEL\": CREATE [OR REPLACE] MODEL ... AS SELECT ... . \"CREATE_PROCEDURE\": CREATE PROCEDURE query. \"CREATE_TABLE\": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE without AS SELECT. \"CREATE_TABLE_AS_SELECT\": CREATE [OR REPLACE] TABLE ... AS SELECT ... . \"CREATE_VIEW\": CREATE [OR REPLACE] VIEW ... AS SELECT ... . \"DROP_FUNCTION\" : DROP FUNCTION query. \"DROP_PROCEDURE\": DROP PROCEDURE query. \"DROP_TABLE\": DROP TABLE query. \"DROP_VIEW\": DROP VIEW query.", "type": "string" }, "timeline": { - "description": "[Output-only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution.", + "description": "[Output only] [Beta] Describes a timeline of job execution.", "items": { "$ref": "QueryTimelineSample" }, "type": "array" }, "totalBytesBilled": { - "description": "[Output-only] Total bytes billed for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Total bytes billed for the job.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "totalBytesProcessed": { - "description": "[Output-only] Total bytes processed for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Total bytes processed for the job.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "totalBytesProcessedAccuracy": { - "description": "[Output-only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost.", + "description": "[Output only] For dry-run jobs, totalBytesProcessed is an estimate and this field specifies the accuracy of the estimate. Possible values can be: UNKNOWN: accuracy of the estimate is unknown. PRECISE: estimate is precise. LOWER_BOUND: estimate is lower bound of what the query would cost. UPPER_BOUND: estimate is upper bound of what the query would cost.", "type": "string" }, "totalPartitionsProcessed": { - "description": "[Output-only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Total number of partitions processed from all partitioned tables referenced in the job.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "totalSlotMs": { - "description": "[Output-only] Slot-milliseconds for the job.", + "description": "[Output only] Slot-milliseconds for the job.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -5132,11 +5136,10 @@ "type": "array" }, "trainingRuns": { - "description": "Output only. Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time.", + "description": "Information for all training runs in increasing order of start_time.", "items": { "$ref": "TrainingRun" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" } }, @@ -7528,43 +7531,51 @@ "id": "TrainingRun", "properties": { "classLevelGlobalExplanations": { - "description": "Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only.", + "description": "Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the class level. Applies to classification models only.", "items": { "$ref": "GlobalExplanation" }, + "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "dataSplitResult": { "$ref": "DataSplitResult", - "description": "Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split." + "description": "Output only. Data split result of the training run. Only set when the input data is actually split.", + "readOnly": true }, "evaluationMetrics": { "$ref": "EvaluationMetrics", - "description": "The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training." + "description": "Output only. The evaluation metrics over training/eval data that were computed at the end of training.", + "readOnly": true }, "modelLevelGlobalExplanation": { "$ref": "GlobalExplanation", - "description": "Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models." + "description": "Output only. Global explanation contains the explanation of top features on the model level. Applies to both regression and classification models.", + "readOnly": true }, "results": { - "description": "Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.", + "description": "Output only. Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.", "items": { "$ref": "IterationResult" }, + "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "startTime": { - "description": "The start time of this training run.", + "description": "Output only. The start time of this training run.", "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "trainingOptions": { "$ref": "TrainingOptions", - "description": "Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used." + "description": "Output only. Options that were used for this training run, includes user specified and default options that were used.", + "readOnly": true }, "trainingStartTime": { - "description": "The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch.", + "description": "Output only. The start time of this training run, in milliseconds since epoch.", "format": "int64", + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "vertexAiModelId": { @@ -7572,7 +7583,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "vertexAiModelVersion": { - "description": "The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run", + "description": "Output only. The model version in Vertex AI Model Registry for this training run", + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index 408361ac14c..028ee606549 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index 8b1d419764b..4ba51aa52ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index b36d8c5307c..f01a9078890 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json index 07a0fa0dcb2..4d5025a2c83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 4dcad638282..da18c174069 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json index 9936a6e0ba0..803dcb239e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json index c8c8c75dd03..cbcaba9dfaa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index 007397583f7..d2d708b455d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index 020a03ce039..65e4aefaa37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index 9a16fee152b..c1c1d0c1d87 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index 3727e7911d3..7fd1f255dd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json index 391d927f181..b86fee43e1a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizationAttemptInfo": { @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "gclbTargets": { - "description": "Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map.", + "description": "Output only. A list of GCLB targets which use this Certificate Map. A Target Proxy is only present on this list if it's attached to a Forwarding Rule.", "items": { "$ref": "GclbTarget" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index f7edde5c4c8..00b8da02c49 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index bb1a0612d60..2fb1246aa81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index f93cdfc488a..14e2e30d1de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChromeCrosDpanelAutosettingsProtoPolicyApiLifecycle": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index dbe4b3bca37..1cd8aba9bbb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { @@ -139,6 +139,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CollectionPeriod": { + "description": "The collection period is a date range which includes the `first` and `last` day.", + "id": "CollectionPeriod", + "properties": { + "firstDate": { + "$ref": "Date", + "description": "The first day in the collection period, inclusive." + }, + "lastDate": { + "$ref": "Date", + "description": "The last day in the collection period, inclusive." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "Date": { + "description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", + "id": "Date", + "properties": { + "day": { + "description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "month": { + "description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "year": { + "description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Key": { "description": "Key defines all the dimensions that identify this record as unique.", "id": "Key", @@ -264,6 +301,10 @@ "description": "Record is a single Chrome UX report data record. It contains use experience statistics for a single url pattern and set of dimensions.", "id": "Record", "properties": { + "collectionPeriod": { + "$ref": "CollectionPeriod", + "description": "The collection period indicates when the data reflected in this record was collected." + }, "key": { "$ref": "Key", "description": "Key defines all of the unique querying parameters needed to look up a user experience record." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index e0ae0200a12..19e3ad5ae00 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index e8fe4dc7682..fee8af04fe9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Announcement": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index dc9290a144d..b87a002a241 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -1075,6 +1075,265 @@ } } }, + "gitLabConfigs": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a new `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "gitlabConfigId": { + "description": "Optional. The ID to use for the GitLabConfig, which will become the final component of the GitLabConfig\u2019s resource name. gitlab_config_id must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Name of the parent resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/gitLabConfigs", + "request": { + "$ref": "GitLabConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Delete a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The config resource name.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Retrieves a `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The config resource name.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GitLabConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "List all `GitLabConfigs` for a given project. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of configs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 configs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000;, values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous \u2018ListGitlabConfigsRequest\u2019 call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to \u2018ListGitlabConfigsRequest\u2019 must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Name of the parent resource", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/gitLabConfigs", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListGitLabConfigsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates an existing `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name for the config.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Update mask for the resource. If this is set, the server will only update the fields specified in the field mask. Otherwise, a full update of the mutable resource fields will be performed.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GitLabConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "removeGitLabConnectedRepository": { + "description": "Remove a GitLab repository from a given GitLabConfig's connected repositories. This API is experimental.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}:removeGitLabConnectedRepository", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.removeGitLabConnectedRepository", + "parameterOrder": [ + "config" + ], + "parameters": { + "config": { + "description": "Required. The name of the `GitLabConfig` to remove a connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+config}:removeGitLabConnectedRepository", + "request": { + "$ref": "RemoveGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, + "resources": { + "connectedRepositories": { + "methods": { + "batchCreate": { + "description": "Batch connecting GitLab repositories to Cloud Build. This API is experimental.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}/connectedRepositories:batchCreate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.connectedRepositories.batchCreate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that adds connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/connectedRepositories:batchCreate", + "request": { + "$ref": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "repos": { + "methods": { + "list": { + "description": "List all repositories for a given `GitLabConfig`. This API is experimental", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gitLabConfigs/{gitLabConfigsId}/repos", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.gitLabConfigs.repos.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of repositories to return. The service may return fewer than this value.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous ListGitLabRepositoriesRequest` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGitLabRepositoriesRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Name of the parent resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gitLabConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/repos", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListGitLabRepositoriesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, "githubEnterpriseConfigs": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2036,7 +2295,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -2209,6 +2468,55 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesRequest": { + "description": "RPC request object accepted by BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesRequest", + "properties": { + "requests": { + "description": "Required. Requests to connect GitLab repositories.", + "items": { + "$ref": "CreateGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse": { + "description": "Response of BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabConnectedRepositories": { + "description": "The GitLab connected repository requests' responses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabConnectedRepository" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories` operation.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "config": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BitbucketServerConfig": { "description": "BitbucketServerConfig represents the configuration for a Bitbucket Server.", "id": "BitbucketServerConfig", @@ -2947,6 +3255,10 @@ "$ref": "GitHubEventsConfig", "description": "GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`." }, + "gitlabEnterpriseEventsConfig": { + "$ref": "GitLabEventsConfig", + "description": "GitLabEnterpriseEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab Enterprise event is received." + }, "id": { "description": "Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3125,6 +3437,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `CreateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "CreateGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest": { + "description": "Request to connect a repository from a connected GitLab host.", + "id": "CreateGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest", + "properties": { + "gitlabConnectedRepository": { + "$ref": "GitLabConnectedRepository", + "description": "Required. The GitLab repository to connect." + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the `GitLabConfig` that adds connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `CreateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -3188,6 +3536,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `DeleteGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `DeleteWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -3422,6 +3791,181 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GitLabConfig": { + "description": "GitLabConfig represents the configuration for a GitLab integration.", + "id": "GitLabConfig", + "properties": { + "connectedRepositories": { + "description": "Connected GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise repositories for this config.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time when the config was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "enterpriseConfig": { + "$ref": "GitLabEnterpriseConfig", + "description": "Optional. GitLabEnterprise config." + }, + "name": { + "description": "The resource name for the config.", + "type": "string" + }, + "secrets": { + "$ref": "GitLabSecrets", + "description": "Required. Secret Manager secrets needed by the config." + }, + "username": { + "description": "Username of the GitLab.com or GitLab Enterprise account Cloud Build will use.", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookKey": { + "description": "Output only. UUID included in webhook requests. The UUID is used to look up the corresponding config.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabConnectedRepository": { + "description": "GitLabConnectedRepository represents a GitLab connected repository request response.", + "id": "GitLabConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "repo": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "The GitLab repositories to connect." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "Output only. The status of the repo connection request.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabEnterpriseConfig": { + "description": "GitLabEnterpriseConfig represents the configuration for a GitLabEnterprise integration.", + "id": "GitLabEnterpriseConfig", + "properties": { + "hostUri": { + "description": "Immutable. The URI of the GitlabEnterprise host.", + "type": "string" + }, + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { + "$ref": "ServiceDirectoryConfig", + "description": "The Service Directory configuration to be used when reaching out to the GitLab Enterprise instance." + }, + "sslCa": { + "description": "The SSL certificate to use in requests to GitLab Enterprise instances.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabEventsConfig": { + "description": "GitLabEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitLab event is received.", + "id": "GitLabEventsConfig", + "properties": { + "gitlabConfig": { + "$ref": "GitLabConfig", + "description": "Output only. The GitLabConfig specified in the gitlab_config_resource field.", + "readOnly": true + }, + "gitlabConfigResource": { + "description": "The GitLab config resource that this trigger config maps to.", + "type": "string" + }, + "projectNamespace": { + "description": "Namespace of the GitLab project.", + "type": "string" + }, + "pullRequest": { + "$ref": "PullRequestFilter", + "description": "Filter to match changes in pull requests." + }, + "push": { + "$ref": "PushFilter", + "description": "Filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabRepository": { + "description": "Proto Representing a GitLabRepository", + "id": "GitLabRepository", + "properties": { + "browseUri": { + "description": "Link to the browse repo page on the GitLab instance", + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Description of the repository", + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Display name of the repository", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the repository", + "type": "string" + }, + "repositoryId": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "Identifier for a repository" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabRepositoryId": { + "description": "GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise", + "id": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "Required. Identifier for the repository. example: \"namespace/project-slug\", namespace is usually the username or group ID", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookId": { + "description": "Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.", + "format": "int32", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabSecrets": { + "description": "GitLabSecrets represents the secrets in Secret Manager for a GitLab integration.", + "id": "GitLabSecrets", + "properties": { + "apiAccessTokenVersion": { + "description": "Required. The resource name for the api access token\u2019s secret version", + "type": "string" + }, + "apiKeyVersion": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. API Key that will be attached to webhook requests from GitLab to Cloud Build.", + "type": "string" + }, + "readAccessTokenVersion": { + "description": "Required. The resource name for the read access token\u2019s secret version", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookSecretVersion": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. The resource name for the webhook secret\u2019s secret version. Once this field has been set, it cannot be changed. If you need to change it, please create another GitLabConfig.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GitRepoSource": { "description": "GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository.", "id": "GitRepoSource", @@ -3660,6 +4204,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListGitLabConfigsResponse": { + "description": "RPC response object returned by ListGitLabConfigs RPC method.", + "id": "ListGitLabConfigsResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabConfigs": { + "description": "A list of GitLabConfigs", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabConfig" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ListGitLabRepositoriesResponse": { + "description": "RPC response object returned by the ListGitLabRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "ListGitLabRepositoriesResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabRepositories": { + "description": "List of GitLab repositories", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepository" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListGithubEnterpriseConfigsResponse": { "description": "RPC response object returned by ListGithubEnterpriseConfigs RPC method.", "id": "ListGithubEnterpriseConfigsResponse", @@ -4059,6 +4639,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RemoveGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest": { + "description": "RPC request object accepted by RemoveGitLabConnectedRepository RPC method.", + "id": "RemoveGitLabConnectedRepositoryRequest", + "properties": { + "connectedRepository": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "The connected repository to remove." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RepoSource": { "description": "Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository.", "id": "RepoSource", @@ -4314,6 +4905,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ServiceDirectoryConfig": { + "description": "ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a SCM host connection.", + "id": "ServiceDirectoryConfig", + "properties": { + "service": { + "description": "The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SlackDelivery": { "description": "SlackDelivery is the delivery configuration for delivering Slack messages via webhooks. See Slack webhook documentation at: https://api.slack.com/messaging/webhooks.", "id": "SlackDelivery", @@ -4497,6 +5099,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `UpdateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `UpdateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json index a6f17e08b4e..f1600e7c8f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -454,6 +454,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse": { + "description": "Response of BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabConnectedRepositories": { + "description": "The GitLab connected repository requests' responses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabConnectedRepository" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories` operation.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "config": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository": { "description": "/ BitbucketServerConnectedRepository represents a connected Bitbucket Server / repository.", "id": "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository", @@ -1061,6 +1096,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `CreateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `CreateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1124,6 +1180,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `DeleteGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `DeleteWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1198,6 +1275,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GitLabConnectedRepository": { + "description": "GitLabConnectedRepository represents a GitLab connected repository request response.", + "id": "GitLabConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "repo": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "The GitLab repositories to connect." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "Output only. The status of the repo connection request.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabRepositoryId": { + "description": "GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise", + "id": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "Required. Identifier for the repository. example: \"namespace/project-slug\", namespace is usually the username or group ID", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookId": { + "description": "Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.", + "format": "int32", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata", @@ -1955,6 +2069,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `UpdateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `UpdateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json index bee30c56267..71d054ac6e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -465,6 +465,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse": { + "description": "Response of BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabConnectedRepositories": { + "description": "The GitLab connected repository requests' responses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabConnectedRepository" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories` operation.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "config": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository": { "description": "/ BitbucketServerConnectedRepository represents a connected Bitbucket Server / repository.", "id": "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository", @@ -1072,6 +1107,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `CreateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `CreateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1135,6 +1191,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `DeleteGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `DeleteWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1209,6 +1286,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GitLabConnectedRepository": { + "description": "GitLabConnectedRepository represents a GitLab connected repository request response.", + "id": "GitLabConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "repo": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "The GitLab repositories to connect." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "Output only. The status of the repo connection request.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabRepositoryId": { + "description": "GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise", + "id": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "Required. Identifier for the repository. example: \"namespace/project-slug\", namespace is usually the username or group ID", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookId": { + "description": "Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.", + "format": "int32", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata", @@ -1958,6 +2072,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `UpdateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `UpdateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json index 6d4b1e3d158..0c0d10eb9d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -470,6 +470,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse": { + "description": "Response of BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories RPC method.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponse", + "properties": { + "gitlabConnectedRepositories": { + "description": "The GitLab connected repository requests' responses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GitLabConnectedRepository" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositories` operation.", + "id": "BatchCreateGitLabConnectedRepositoriesResponseMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "config": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repositories. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository": { "description": "/ BitbucketServerConnectedRepository represents a connected Bitbucket Server / repository.", "id": "BitbucketServerConnectedRepository", @@ -1077,6 +1112,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `CreateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "CreateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `CreateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "CreateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1140,6 +1196,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `DeleteGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "DeleteGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `DeleteWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "DeleteWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -1214,6 +1291,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GitLabConnectedRepository": { + "description": "GitLabConnectedRepository represents a GitLab connected repository request response.", + "id": "GitLabConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "parent": { + "description": "The name of the `GitLabConfig` that added connected repository. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitLabConfigs/{config}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "repo": { + "$ref": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "description": "The GitLab repositories to connect." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "Output only. The status of the repo connection request.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GitLabRepositoryId": { + "description": "GitLabRepositoryId identifies a specific repository hosted on GitLab.com or GitLabEnterprise", + "id": "GitLabRepositoryId", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "Required. Identifier for the repository. example: \"namespace/project-slug\", namespace is usually the username or group ID", + "type": "string" + }, + "webhookId": { + "description": "Output only. The ID of the webhook that was created for receiving events from this repo. We only create and manage a single webhook for each repo.", + "format": "int32", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV2OperationMetadata", @@ -1963,6 +2077,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for `UpdateGitLabConfig` operation.", + "id": "UpdateGitLabConfigOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "completeTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was completed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "gitlabConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the GitLabConfig to be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gitlabConfigs/{id}`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for the `UpdateWorkerPool` operation.", "id": "UpdateWorkerPoolOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index 554f2622918..11cf234d0cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json index d2513afe419..1fa527750d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 64a8506e643..42c010a1e7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations.", + "description": "User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Google Cloud Deploy.", "type": "object" }, "condition": { @@ -1693,6 +1693,23 @@ "description": "Output only. Additional information about the deploy failure, if available.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + }, + "metadata": { + "$ref": "DeployJobRunMetadata", + "description": "Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "DeployJobRunMetadata": { + "description": "DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user.", + "id": "DeployJobRunMetadata", + "properties": { + "cloudRun": { + "$ref": "CloudRunMetadata", + "description": "Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`.", + "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -1935,6 +1952,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "JobRunNotificationEvent": { + "description": "Payload proto for \"clouddeploy.googleapis.com/jobrun_notification\" Platform Log event that describes the failure to send JobRun resource update Pub/Sub notification.", + "id": "JobRunNotificationEvent", + "properties": { + "jobRun": { + "description": "The name of the `JobRun`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "message": { + "description": "Debug message for when a notification fails to send.", + "type": "string" + }, + "pipelineUid": { + "description": "Unique identifier of the `DeliveryPipeline`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "releaseUid": { + "description": "Unique identifier of the `Release`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "rolloutUid": { + "description": "Unique identifier of the `Rollout`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "targetId": { + "description": "ID of the `Target`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "Type of this notification, e.g. for a Pub/Sub failure.", + "enum": [ + "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "TYPE_PUBSUB_NOTIFICATION_FAILURE", + "TYPE_RENDER_STATUES_CHANGE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Type is unspecified.", + "A Pub/Sub notification failed to be sent.", + "Release render status changed notification." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListDeliveryPipelinesResponse": { "description": "The response object from `ListDeliveryPipelines`.", "id": "ListDeliveryPipelinesResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json index 851c8db0e72..457c9aacf21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220907", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 0eee657e697..dd23f7ad2e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220908", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index 2c0ce190cf3..da952c197f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220908", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index 018a8f576f8..4bb1cb49f48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220908", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 5e3b15949ba..4447e38132f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220908", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index 2e630942cb7..cde75894c59 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelUserInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index b0494925c9c..c342a830f80 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAttributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index 5bb5dfdea4c..92ddeaea277 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -211,6 +211,100 @@ } }, "resources": { + "ekmConfig": { + "methods": { + "getIamPolicy": { + "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ekmConfig:getIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.ekmConfig.getIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "options.requestedPolicyVersion": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ekmConfig$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" + ] + }, + "setIamPolicy": { + "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ekmConfig:setIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.ekmConfig.setIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ekmConfig$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", + "request": { + "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" + ] + }, + "testIamPermissions": { + "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ekmConfig:testIamPermissions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.ekmConfig.testIamPermissions", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ekmConfig$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", + "request": { + "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" + ] + } + } + }, "ekmConnections": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1582,7 +1676,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json index 85e129fff64..e2e4dedac2f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json index 8dee161ec2e..2c42c1aadd3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json index 8335db1cfdd..1f5fbd758ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json index d3a454f3952..bef0359f2c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json index e49034da457..8ae95cc943f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json @@ -1129,13 +1129,13 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { - "description": "Optional. The maximum number of TagBindings to return in the response. The server allows a maximum of 300 TagBindings to return. If unspecified, the server will use 100 as the default. Currently this api returns unpaginated response and `page_size` is ignored.", + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of TagBindings to return in the response. The server allows a maximum of 300 TagBindings to return. If unspecified, the server will use 100 as the default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListTagBindings` that indicates where this listing should continue from. Currently this api returns unpaginated response and `page_token` is ignored.", + "description": "Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListTagBindings` that indicates where this listing should continue from.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index 4482e07b068..7442191e45d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index 8e1718f23cb..ae65e7722d4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json index 6048162833b..93f7c8a6fae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json index 757bd759918..faf3ec4a6cd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json index d5fe5f44683..e6abad01949 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index d4269ab85d3..1b924469ced 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { @@ -783,6 +783,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "LoadSnapshotResponse": { + "description": "Response to LoadSnapshotRequest.", + "id": "LoadSnapshotResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "MaintenanceWindow": { "description": "The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { \"startTime\":\"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z\" \"endTime\":\"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z\" \"recurrence\":\"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE\" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday.", "id": "MaintenanceWindow", @@ -1043,6 +1049,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SaveSnapshotResponse": { + "description": "Response to SaveSnapshotRequest.", + "id": "SaveSnapshotResponse", + "properties": { + "snapshotPath": { + "description": "The fully-resolved Cloud Storage path of the created snapshot, e.g.: \"gs://my-bucket/snapshots/project_location_environment_timestamp\". This field is populated only if the snapshot creation was successful.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SchedulerResource": { "description": "Configuration for resources used by Airflow schedulers.", "id": "SchedulerResource", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index 75747b6e5c1..eb8f7b9aa35 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { @@ -972,6 +972,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "NetworkingConfig": { + "description": "Configuration options for networking connections in the Composer 2 environment.", + "id": "NetworkingConfig", + "properties": { + "connectionType": { + "description": "Optional. Indicates the user requested specifc connection type between Tenant and Customer projects. You cannot set networking connection type in public IP environment.", + "enum": [ + "CONNECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VPC_PEERING", + "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No specific connection type was requested, so the environment uses the default value corresponding to the rest of its configuration.", + "Requests the use of VPC peerings for connecting the Customer and Tenant projects.", + "Requests the use of Private Service Connect for connecting the Customer and Tenant projects." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "NodeConfig": { "description": "The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software.", "id": "NodeConfig", @@ -1180,6 +1201,10 @@ "description": "Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`.", "type": "boolean" }, + "networkingConfig": { + "$ref": "NetworkingConfig", + "description": "Optional. Configuration for the network connections configuration in the environment." + }, "privateClusterConfig": { "$ref": "PrivateClusterConfig", "description": "Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 39d45ff9c1d..9a360ac461b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -37578,6 +37578,66 @@ }, "targetTcpProxies": { "methods": { + "aggregatedList": { + "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.aggregatedList", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "includeAllScopes": { + "description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "maxResults": { + "default": "500", + "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", + "format": "uint32", + "location": "query", + "minimum": "0", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "returnPartialSuccess": { + "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies", + "response": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}", @@ -39932,7 +39992,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -40403,6 +40463,10 @@ "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", "type": "string" }, + "securityPolicy": { + "description": "[Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this access config.", + "type": "string" + }, "setPublicDns": { "description": "Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration.", "type": "boolean" @@ -43997,6 +44061,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BundledLocalSsds": { + "id": "BundledLocalSsds", + "properties": { + "defaultInterface": { + "description": "The default disk interface if the interface is not specified.", + "type": "string" + }, + "partitionCount": { + "description": "The number of partitions.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CacheInvalidationRule": { "id": "CacheInvalidationRule", "properties": { @@ -48756,25 +48835,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" } @@ -49017,29 +49096,29 @@ "id": "HTTP2HealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -49060,7 +49139,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" }, "weightReportMode": { @@ -49084,29 +49163,29 @@ "id": "HTTPHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -49127,7 +49206,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" }, "weightReportMode": { @@ -49151,29 +49230,29 @@ "id": "HTTPSHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -49194,7 +49273,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" }, "weightReportMode": { @@ -52942,6 +53021,54 @@ "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { + "error": { + "description": "Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest.", + "properties": { + "errors": { + "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.", + "items": { + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", + "type": "string" + }, + "errorDetails": { + "description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.", + "items": { + "properties": { + "errorInfo": { + "$ref": "ErrorInfo" + }, + "help": { + "$ref": "Help" + }, + "localizedMessage": { + "$ref": "LocalizedMessage" + }, + "quotaInfo": { + "$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "location": { + "description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.", + "type": "string" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "queuingPolicy": { "$ref": "QueuingPolicy", "description": "Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time." @@ -58780,6 +58907,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "bundledLocalSsds": { + "$ref": "BundledLocalSsds", + "description": "[Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type." + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -71589,10 +71720,12 @@ "description": "Indicates why particular status was returned.", "enum": [ "MD5_AUTH_INTERNAL_PROBLEM", + "MISSING_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_CENTER_SPOKE", "STATUS_REASON_UNSPECIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Indicates internal problems with configuration of MD5 authentication. This particular reason can only be returned when md5AuthEnabled is true and status is DOWN.", + "BGP peer disabled because it is not labeled as an NCC spoke. Currently, BGP peers using SD-WAN connectivity or CCI(Cross Cloud Interconnect) attachment will be disabled for this reason.", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -71903,25 +72036,25 @@ "id": "SSLHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -71938,11 +72071,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, @@ -72709,6 +72842,13 @@ "" ], "type": "string" + }, + "userDefinedFields": { + "description": "Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: \"ipv4_fragment_offset\" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: \"0x1fff\"", + "items": { + "$ref": "SecurityPolicyUserDefinedField" + }, + "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -73053,6 +73193,10 @@ "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcher", "description": "A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced." }, + "networkMatch": { + "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcher", + "description": "A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - \"192.0.2.0/24\" - \"198.51.100.0/24\" userDefinedFields: - name: \"ipv4_fragment_offset\" values: - \"1-0x1fff\" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named \"ipv4_fragment_offset\" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive." + }, "preconfiguredWafConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRulePreconfiguredWafConfig", "description": "Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect." @@ -73241,6 +73385,86 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcher": { + "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcher", + "properties": { + "destIpRanges": { + "description": "Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "destPorts": { + "description": "Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. \"80\") or range (e.g. \"0-1023\").", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "ipProtocols": { + "description": "IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. \"6\"), range (e.g. \"253-254\"), or one of the following protocol names: \"tcp\", \"udp\", \"icmp\", \"esp\", \"ah\", \"ipip\", or \"sctp\".", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "srcAsns": { + "description": "BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address.", + "items": { + "format": "uint32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "srcIpRanges": { + "description": "Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "srcPorts": { + "description": "Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. \"80\") or range (e.g. \"0-1023\").", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "srcRegionCodes": { + "description": "Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "userDefinedFields": { + "description": "User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field.", + "items": { + "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcherUserDefinedFieldMatch" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcherUserDefinedFieldMatch": { + "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleNetworkMatcherUserDefinedFieldMatch", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition.", + "type": "string" + }, + "values": { + "description": "Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with \"0x\") number (e.g. \"64\") or range (e.g. \"0x400-0x7ff\").", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SecurityPolicyRulePreconfiguredWafConfig": { "id": "SecurityPolicyRulePreconfiguredWafConfig", "properties": { @@ -73440,6 +73664,46 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityPolicyUserDefinedField": { + "id": "SecurityPolicyUserDefinedField", + "properties": { + "base": { + "description": "The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required", + "enum": [ + "IPV4", + "IPV6", + "TCP", + "UDP" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "mask": { + "description": "If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with \"0x\"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy.", + "type": "string" + }, + "offset": { + "description": "Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "size": { + "description": "Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SecuritySettings": { "description": "The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService.", "id": "SecuritySettings", @@ -76635,25 +76899,25 @@ "id": "TCPHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -76670,11 +76934,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, @@ -77830,6 +78094,10 @@ "description": "The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to.", "type": "string" }, + "securityPolicy": { + "description": "[Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target instance.", + "type": "string" + }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -78248,6 +78516,10 @@ "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the target pool resides.", "type": "string" }, + "securityPolicy": { + "description": "[Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this target pool.", + "type": "string" + }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -78946,6 +79218,108 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList": { + "id": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList", + "properties": { + "targetTcpProxies": { + "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.", + "items": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxy" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest": { "id": "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest", "properties": { @@ -79032,6 +79406,133 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList": { + "id": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", + "type": "string" + }, + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList", + "description": "Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies." + }, + "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.", + "type": "object" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "unreachables": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetTcpProxyList": { "description": "Contains a list of TargetTcpProxy resources.", "id": "TargetTcpProxyList", @@ -79760,12 +80261,12 @@ "id": "UDPHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The UDP port number for the health check request. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The UDP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "request": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index de429affcc9..c72fb079964 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -33342,6 +33342,66 @@ }, "targetTcpProxies": { "methods": { + "aggregatedList": { + "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.aggregatedList", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "includeAllScopes": { + "description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "maxResults": { + "default": "500", + "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", + "format": "uint32", + "location": "query", + "minimum": "0", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "returnPartialSuccess": { + "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies", + "response": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}", @@ -35452,7 +35512,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -39246,6 +39306,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BundledLocalSsds": { + "id": "BundledLocalSsds", + "properties": { + "defaultInterface": { + "description": "The default disk interface if the interface is not specified.", + "type": "string" + }, + "partitionCount": { + "description": "The number of partitions.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CacheInvalidationRule": { "id": "CacheInvalidationRule", "properties": { @@ -43125,25 +43200,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" } @@ -43337,29 +43412,29 @@ "id": "HTTP2HealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -43380,7 +43455,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -43390,29 +43465,29 @@ "id": "HTTPHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -43433,7 +43508,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -43443,29 +43518,29 @@ "id": "HTTPSHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -43486,7 +43561,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -45676,6 +45751,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "resourceStatus": { + "$ref": "ResourceStatus", + "description": "[Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field." + }, "satisfiesPzs": { "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", "type": "boolean" @@ -50921,6 +51000,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "bundledLocalSsds": { + "$ref": "BundledLocalSsds", + "description": "[Output Only] The configuration of bundled local SSD for the machine type." + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -60439,6 +60522,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceStatus": { + "description": "Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls.", + "id": "ResourceStatus", + "properties": { + "physicalHost": { + "description": "[Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RolloutPolicy": { "description": "A rollout policy configuration.", "id": "RolloutPolicy", @@ -62129,25 +62223,25 @@ "id": "SSLHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -62164,11 +62258,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, @@ -66524,25 +66618,25 @@ "id": "TCPHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -66559,11 +66653,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, @@ -68819,6 +68913,108 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList": { + "id": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList", + "properties": { + "targetTcpProxies": { + "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.", + "items": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxy" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest": { "id": "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest", "properties": { @@ -68905,6 +69101,133 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList": { + "id": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", + "type": "string" + }, + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList", + "description": "Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies." + }, + "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.", + "type": "object" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "unreachables": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetTcpProxyList": { "description": "Contains a list of TargetTcpProxy resources.", "id": "TargetTcpProxyList", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 8e211b41f14..1bffe3484a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -32223,7 +32223,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220911", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -39715,25 +39715,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The port number for the health check request. Must be specified if port_name and port_specification are not set or if port_specification is USE_FIXED_PORT. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence. The port_name should conform to RFC1035.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" } @@ -39927,29 +39927,29 @@ "id": "HTTP2HealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -39970,7 +39970,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -39980,29 +39980,29 @@ "id": "HTTPHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -40023,7 +40023,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -40033,29 +40033,29 @@ "id": "HTTPSHealthCheck", "properties": { "host": { - "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the IP on behalf of which this health check is performed will be used.", + "description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", "type": "string" }, "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -40076,7 +40076,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The string to match anywhere in the first 1024 bytes of the response body. If left empty (the default value), the status code determines health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first 1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", "type": "string" } }, @@ -42188,6 +42188,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "resourceStatus": { + "$ref": "ResourceStatus", + "description": "[Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field." + }, "satisfiesPzs": { "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", "type": "boolean" @@ -48430,6 +48434,9 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "pscData": { + "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupPscData" + }, "pscTargetService": { "description": "The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API or a PSC Producer Service Attachment. An example value is: \"asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com\"", "type": "string" @@ -48757,6 +48764,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "NetworkEndpointGroupPscData": { + "description": "All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.", + "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupPscData", + "properties": { + "consumerPscAddress": { + "description": "[Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB.", + "type": "string" + }, + "pscConnectionId": { + "description": "[Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer.", + "format": "uint64", + "type": "string" + }, + "pscConnectionStatus": { + "description": "[Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule.", + "enum": [ + "ACCEPTED", + "CLOSED", + "NEEDS_ATTENTION", + "PENDING", + "REJECTED", + "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", + "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic going forward.", + "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer needs to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve traffic.", + "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", + "The connection has been rejected by the producer.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "NetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest": { "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest", "properties": { @@ -56473,6 +56516,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceStatus": { + "description": "Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls.", + "id": "ResourceStatus", + "properties": { + "physicalHost": { + "description": "[Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Route": { "description": "Represents a Route resource. A route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview.", "id": "Route", @@ -56905,6 +56959,13 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for routers.", "type": "string" }, + "md5AuthenticationKeys": { + "description": "Keys used for MD5 authentication.", + "items": { + "$ref": "RouterMd5AuthenticationKey" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "name": { "annotations": { "required": [ @@ -57218,6 +57279,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": { + "description": "Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.", + "type": "string" + }, "name": { "annotations": { "required": [ @@ -57461,6 +57526,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RouterMd5AuthenticationKey": { + "id": "RouterMd5AuthenticationKey", + "properties": { + "key": { + "annotations": { + "required": [ + "compute.routers.insert" + ] + }, + "description": "[Input only] Value of the key. For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "annotations": { + "required": [ + "compute.routers.insert", + "compute.routers.update" + ] + }, + "description": "Name used to identify the key. Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by at least one bgpPeer. Must comply with RFC1035.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RouterNat": { "description": "Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.", "id": "RouterNat", @@ -57748,6 +57838,10 @@ "description": "URL of the VPN tunnel that this BGP peer controls.", "type": "string" }, + "md5AuthEnabled": { + "description": "Informs whether MD5 authentication is enabled on this BGP peer.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "name": { "description": "Name of this BGP peer. Unique within the Routers resource.", "type": "string" @@ -57783,6 +57877,18 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "statusReason": { + "description": "Indicates why particular status was returned.", + "enum": [ + "MD5_AUTH_INTERNAL_PROBLEM", + "STATUS_REASON_UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Indicates internal problems with configuration of MD5 authentication. This particular reason can only be returned when md5AuthEnabled is true and status is DOWN.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, "uptime": { "description": "Time this session has been up. Format: 14 years, 51 weeks, 6 days, 23 hours, 59 minutes, 59 seconds", "type": "string" @@ -58089,25 +58195,25 @@ "id": "SSLHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 443. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -58124,11 +58230,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the SSL connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection and SSL handshake.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based SSL health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection and the TLS handshake, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, @@ -62070,25 +62176,25 @@ "id": "TCPHealthCheck", "properties": { "port": { - "description": "The TCP port number for the health check request. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", + "description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The default value is 80. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "portName": { - "description": "Port name as defined in InstanceGroup#NamedPort#name. If both port and port_name are defined, port takes precedence.", + "description": "Not supported.", "type": "string" }, "portSpecification": { - "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.", + "description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", "enum": [ "USE_FIXED_PORT", "USE_NAMED_PORT", "USE_SERVING_PORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "The port number in port is used for health checking.", - "The portName is used for health checking.", - "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking." + "The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", + "Not supported.", + "For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -62105,11 +62211,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "request": { - "description": "The application data to send once the TCP connection has been established (default value is empty). If both request and response are empty, the connection establishment alone will indicate health. The request data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Instructs the health check prober to send this exact ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length, after establishing the TCP connection.", "type": "string" }, "response": { - "description": "The bytes to match against the beginning of the response data. If left empty (the default value), any response will indicate health. The response data can only be ASCII.", + "description": "Creates a content-based TCP health check. In addition to establishing a TCP connection, you can configure the health check to pass only when the backend sends this exact response ASCII string, up to 1024 bytes in length. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-ssl-tcp", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 25aa1dcbe94..23e05577367 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index ea4c843b229..302ff5910cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220902", + "revision": "20220910", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 8a1af66998a..7ff08bc0e3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220902", + "revision": "20220910", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index f62cd19ff06..eaad10b4cd6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220902", + "revision": "20220910", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index ff8945f2267..3188bcb88e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -5908,7 +5908,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index ff68c710a1f..c7bf86b2158 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json index e703e2e0886..8aea7ccbb83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://datalabeling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatalabelingV1alpha1CreateInstructionMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 8d6fceb7e11..d60d7dcd2bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index 643647b02da..1fac0cecd70 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220901", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json index 771d09fd369..1e877bfab64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220910", "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 8bb5ea4b454..3d37f670891 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220824", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -4925,6 +4925,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "notebook": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskNotebookTaskConfig", + "description": "Config related to running scheduled Notebooks." + }, "spark": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskSparkTaskConfig", "description": "Config related to running custom Spark tasks." @@ -5105,6 +5109,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskNotebookTaskConfig": { + "description": "Config for running scheduled notebooks.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskNotebookTaskConfig", + "properties": { + "archiveUris": { + "description": "Optional. GCS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "fileUris": { + "description": "Optional. GCS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "infrastructureSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskInfrastructureSpec", + "description": "Optional. Infrastructure specification for the execution." + }, + "notebook": { + "description": "Required. Path to input notebook. This can be the GCS URI of the notebook file or the path to a Notebook Content. The execution args are accessible as environment variables (TASK_key=value).", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskSparkTaskConfig": { "description": "User-specified config for running a Spark task.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1TaskSparkTaskConfig", @@ -5485,7 +5518,7 @@ "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." }, "members": { - "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.", + "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index 03641582972..1b211efa0a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220830", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateIdsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index 971887e15b3..2fb7cd66d25 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220830", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index ffea592dac3..806a4631b02 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220830", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateIdsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v3.5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v3.5.json index ebcdc6b607b..2b56002d200 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v3.5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v3.5.json @@ -9659,7 +9659,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220815", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json index 3f89839434b..a72a935d335 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json @@ -8364,7 +8364,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "profileId": { - "description": "The DFA user profile ID.", + "description": "The Campaign Manager 360 user profile ID.", "format": "int64", "location": "path", "required": true, @@ -8602,8 +8602,8 @@ "DESCENDING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "", - "" + "Ascending order.", + "Descending order." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -10032,7 +10032,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220815", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -14786,7 +14786,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The dimension name, e.g. dfa:advertiser", + "description": "The dimension name, e.g. advertiser", "type": "string" } }, @@ -15163,6 +15163,10 @@ "kind": { "description": "The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#eventFilter.", "type": "string" + }, + "uvarFilter": { + "$ref": "UvarFilter", + "description": "Filter on a custom variable." } }, "type": "object" @@ -21338,6 +21342,47 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UvarFilter": { + "description": "Defines the filtering on a single uvar.", + "id": "UvarFilter", + "properties": { + "complement": { + "description": "Return rows which don't match this filter.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "index": { + "description": "Custom variable index the filter is applied to.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "kind": { + "description": "The kind of resource this is, in this case dfareporting#uvarFilter.", + "type": "string" + }, + "match": { + "description": "Indicates how the filter should be matched to the values.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "EXACT", + "CONTAINS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "values": { + "description": "Values to filter on.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VideoFormat": { "description": "Contains information about supported video formats.", "id": "VideoFormat", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index a35d0f1ed4e..bb8b9852eaf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8077,7 +8077,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index e292458d9a7..947c11fdc9a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7507,7 +7507,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index ec5f1bb1041..2a6f8bf6287 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index 0f6ebd343d3..415662299f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index 13648124b3b..2f0d0bfc036 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json index b320712c489..b724a69ee4c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json @@ -4452,7 +4452,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "targetingType": { - "description": "Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`", + "description": "Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`", "enum": [ "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL", @@ -4603,7 +4603,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "targetingType": { - "description": "Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`", + "description": "Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`", "enum": [ "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL", @@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -8497,17 +8497,7 @@ "AGE_RANGE_45_54", "AGE_RANGE_55_64", "AGE_RANGE_65_PLUS", - "AGE_RANGE_UNKNOWN", - "AGE_RANGE_18_20", - "AGE_RANGE_21_24", - "AGE_RANGE_25_29", - "AGE_RANGE_30_34", - "AGE_RANGE_35_39", - "AGE_RANGE_40_44", - "AGE_RANGE_45_49", - "AGE_RANGE_50_54", - "AGE_RANGE_55_59", - "AGE_RANGE_60_64" + "AGE_RANGE_UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value when age range is not specified in this version. This enum is a placeholder for default value and does not represent a real age range option.", @@ -8517,17 +8507,7 @@ "The age range of the audience is 45 to 54.", "The age range of the audience is 55 to 64.", "The age range of the audience is 65 and up.", - "The age range of the audience is unknown.", - "The age range of the audience is 18 to 20, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 21 to 24, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 25 to 29, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 30 to 34, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 35 to 39, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 40 to 44, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 45 to 49, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 50 to 54, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 55 to 59, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 60 to 64, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item." + "The age range of the audience is unknown." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -8552,17 +8532,7 @@ "AGE_RANGE_45_54", "AGE_RANGE_55_64", "AGE_RANGE_65_PLUS", - "AGE_RANGE_UNKNOWN", - "AGE_RANGE_18_20", - "AGE_RANGE_21_24", - "AGE_RANGE_25_29", - "AGE_RANGE_30_34", - "AGE_RANGE_35_39", - "AGE_RANGE_40_44", - "AGE_RANGE_45_49", - "AGE_RANGE_50_54", - "AGE_RANGE_55_59", - "AGE_RANGE_60_64" + "AGE_RANGE_UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value when age range is not specified in this version. This enum is a placeholder for default value and does not represent a real age range option.", @@ -8572,17 +8542,7 @@ "The age range of the audience is 45 to 54.", "The age range of the audience is 55 to 64.", "The age range of the audience is 65 and up.", - "The age range of the audience is unknown.", - "The age range of the audience is 18 to 20, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 21 to 24, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 25 to 29, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 30 to 34, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 35 to 39, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 40 to 44, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 45 to 49, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 50 to 54, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 55 to 59, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item.", - "The age range of the audience is 60 to 64, only supported for the AdGroup of YouTube Programmatic Reservation line item." + "The age range of the audience is unknown." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 1a7b13f7393..c54e64f2dc4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -4467,7 +4467,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "targetingType": { - "description": "Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`", + "description": "Required. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`", "enum": [ "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL", @@ -4618,7 +4618,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "targetingType": { - "description": "Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` * `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`", + "description": "Required. Identifies the type of assigned targeting options to list. Supported targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`", "enum": [ "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL", @@ -8161,7 +8161,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -12606,7 +12606,7 @@ "id": "ExchangeAssignedTargetingOptionDetails", "properties": { "exchange": { - "description": "Required. Output only in v1. Required in v2.", + "description": "Required. The enum value for the exchange.", "enum": [ "EXCHANGE_UNSPECIFIED", "EXCHANGE_GOOGLE_AD_MANAGER", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 24531dde8da..ba20125430d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index 8e3fe105840..41844795b88 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { @@ -3375,6 +3375,13 @@ "default": "dns#responsePolicy", "type": "string" }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "User labels.", + "type": "object" + }, "networks": { "description": "List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index 3e75d54ed73..d4bec4765fe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { @@ -3381,6 +3381,13 @@ "default": "dns#responsePolicy", "type": "string" }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "User labels.", + "type": "object" + }, "networks": { "description": "List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 0ac1c009c9d..d31249de6bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index 8ec9272c2f9..e9c3eefaeec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -2273,6 +2273,11 @@ "description": "The configuration used when outputting documents.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentOutputConfigGcsOutputConfig", "properties": { + "fieldMask": { + "description": "Specifies which fields to include in the output documents.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "type": "string" + }, "gcsUri": { "description": "The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output.", "type": "string" @@ -3300,10 +3305,6 @@ "inactive": { "description": "Whether the entity type should be considered as \"inactive\".", "type": "boolean" - }, - "prefixedNamingOnProperties": { - "description": "If set, the properties of this entity type must be prefixed with the parents.", - "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4116,7 +4117,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -5354,7 +5355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index 2a23093885d..695a43b97e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 1afd191bf65..61cd930fdd8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -4827,7 +4827,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "mentionText": { - "description": "Optional. Text value in the document e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. If the entity is not present in the document, this field will be empty.", + "description": "Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.", "type": "string" }, "normalizedValue": { @@ -4939,6 +4939,11 @@ "description": "The configuration used when outputting documents.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentOutputConfigGcsOutputConfig", "properties": { + "fieldMask": { + "description": "Specifies which fields to include in the output documents.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "type": "string" + }, "gcsUri": { "description": "The Cloud Storage uri (a directory) of the output.", "type": "string" @@ -5966,10 +5971,6 @@ "inactive": { "description": "Whether the entity type should be considered as \"inactive\".", "type": "boolean" - }, - "prefixedNamingOnProperties": { - "description": "If set, the properties of this entity type must be prefixed with the parents.", - "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index 874977e77f5..00683df41e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json index ba61d9e08ca..22d2ee71462 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220906", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChannelGrouping": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json index 5fbeedc5457..00c801a9a0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220906", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChannelGrouping": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index 30e76e7948e..18d9f89fd4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index d463d199f1c..1f07d281950 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/", - "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/CfJsi64y9KnCVyLiUeJMMWWz9jo\"", + "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/59qKpBQ13kRxDFphzsZpWMRVfcM\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png", "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png" @@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index 4cc637d4315..38ab763063a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/", - "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/oijYyH_5V0dom-WQpUcjA89Zz1s\"", + "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/a8KMcrnrtNnIzQGgPxu2yf5CeKU\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png", "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png" @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index e928975f5dd..963926e52c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json index 3b7bc0bef8a..913972b16b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json index edde48fc17a..27931e36c64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 60887f07be5..b492c26e456 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index 4658cd69849..f178620a891 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ "DATA_LOSS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Not an error; returned on success HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", + "Not an error; returned on success. HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", "The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller. HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request", "Unknown error. For example, this error may be returned when a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to an error space that is not known in this address space. Also errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information may be converted to this error. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", "The client specified an invalid argument. Note that this differs from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments that are problematic regardless of the state of the system (e.g., a malformed file name). HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index bf90dcacb2d..1ce9a7a38d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index 2e368a73f4f..cff80da8309 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json index 447682fbdc9..35dbeab15e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 5c817baeaec..83b82099aae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index d255a76a1af..ece142b75ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 9a2d39a6bb8..e9a7debbaf0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index b4e6237eae6..0a647ba511c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 596b1632e21..ef991701d2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index e747916f3bf..a149a9e9289 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index 90039fafe68..d7c2ee6b1ab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index ff3014ab884..3b6e1ae2395 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json index 9e9223ec8f1..b4692af5e1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json index 62aa5724484..c072d23a1f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DownloadModelResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json index c89ec41300e..6e89925ecf3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index 16ae61929a0..96bc51c7488 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1089,6 +1089,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore" ] }, + "runAggregationQuery": { + "description": "Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/databases/{databasesId}/documents/{documentsId}/{documentsId1}:runAggregationQuery", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "firestore.projects.databases.documents.runAggregationQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource name. In the format: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents` or `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. For example: `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents` or `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents/chatrooms/my-chatroom`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/databases/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+/.*$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}:runAggregationQuery", + "request": { + "$ref": "RunAggregationQueryRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "RunAggregationQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore" + ] + }, "runQuery": { "description": "Runs a query.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/databases/{databasesId}/documents/{documentsId}/{documentsId1}:runQuery", @@ -1353,9 +1382,38 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { + "Aggregation": { + "description": "Defines a aggregation that produces a single result.", + "id": "Aggregation", + "properties": { + "alias": { + "description": "Optional. Optional name of the field to store the result of the aggregation into. If not provided, Firestore will pick a default name following the format `field_`. For example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2), COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) OVER ( ... ); ``` becomes: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2) AS field_1, COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) AS field_2 OVER ( ... ); ``` Requires: * Must be unique across all aggregation aliases. * Conform to document field name limitations.", + "type": "string" + }, + "count": { + "$ref": "Count", + "description": "Count aggregator." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AggregationResult": { + "description": "The result of a single bucket from a Firestore aggregation query. The keys of `aggregate_fields` are the same for all results in an aggregation query, unlike document queries which can have different fields present for each result.", + "id": "AggregationResult", + "properties": { + "aggregateFields": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "Value" + }, + "description": "The result of the aggregation functions, ex: `COUNT(*) AS total_docs`. The key is the alias assigned to the aggregation function on input and the size of this map equals the number of aggregation functions in the query.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ArrayValue": { "description": "An array value.", "id": "ArrayValue", @@ -1571,6 +1629,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Count": { + "description": "Count of documents that match the query. The `COUNT(*)` aggregation function operates on the entire document so it does not require a field reference.", + "id": "Count", + "properties": { + "upTo": { + "description": "Optional. Optional constraint on the maximum number of documents to count. This provides a way to set an upper bound on the number of documents to scan, limiting latency and cost. Unspecified is interpreted as no bound. High-Level Example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1000) OVER ( SELECT * FROM k ); ``` Requires: * Must be greater than zero when present.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Cursor": { "description": "A position in a query result set.", "id": "Cursor", @@ -2913,6 +2983,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RunAggregationQueryRequest": { + "description": "The request for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.", + "id": "RunAggregationQueryRequest", + "properties": { + "newTransaction": { + "$ref": "TransactionOptions", + "description": "Starts a new transaction as part of the query, defaulting to read-only. The new transaction ID will be returned as the first response in the stream." + }, + "readTime": { + "description": "Executes the query at the given timestamp. Requires: * Cannot be more than 270 seconds in the past.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "structuredAggregationQuery": { + "$ref": "StructuredAggregationQuery", + "description": "An aggregation query." + }, + "transaction": { + "description": "Run the aggregation within an already active transaction. The value here is the opaque transaction ID to execute the query in.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RunAggregationQueryResponse": { + "description": "The response for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.", + "id": "RunAggregationQueryResponse", + "properties": { + "readTime": { + "description": "The time at which the aggregate value is valid for.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "result": { + "$ref": "AggregationResult", + "description": "A single aggregation result. Not present when reporting partial progress." + }, + "transaction": { + "description": "The transaction that was started as part of this request. Only present on the first response when the request requested to start a new transaction.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RunQueryRequest": { "description": "The request for Firestore.RunQuery.", "id": "RunQueryRequest", @@ -2995,6 +3111,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "StructuredAggregationQuery": { + "description": "Firestore query for running an aggregation over a StructuredQuery.", + "id": "StructuredAggregationQuery", + "properties": { + "aggregations": { + "description": "Optional. Series of aggregations to apply over the results of the `structured_query`. Requires: * A minimum of one and maximum of five aggregations per query.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Aggregation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "structuredQuery": { + "$ref": "StructuredQuery", + "description": "Nested structured query." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "StructuredQuery": { "description": "A Firestore query.", "id": "StructuredQuery", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 1882002727c..71e4d96b0cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -730,6 +730,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore" ] }, + "runAggregationQuery": { + "description": "Runs an aggregation query. Rather than producing Document results like Firestore.RunQuery, this API allows running an aggregation to produce a series of AggregationResult server-side. High-Level Example: ``` -- Return the number of documents in table given a filter. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ( SELECT * FROM k where a = true ); ```", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/databases/{databasesId}/documents/{documentsId}/{documentsId1}:runAggregationQuery", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "firestore.projects.databases.documents.runAggregationQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource name. In the format: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents` or `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. For example: `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents` or `projects/my-project/databases/my-database/documents/chatrooms/my-chatroom`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/databases/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+/.*$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}:runAggregationQuery", + "request": { + "$ref": "RunAggregationQueryRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "RunAggregationQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore" + ] + }, "runQuery": { "description": "Runs a query.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/databases/{databasesId}/documents/{documentsId}/{documentsId1}:runQuery", @@ -921,9 +950,38 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { + "Aggregation": { + "description": "Defines a aggregation that produces a single result.", + "id": "Aggregation", + "properties": { + "alias": { + "description": "Optional. Optional name of the field to store the result of the aggregation into. If not provided, Firestore will pick a default name following the format `field_`. For example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2), COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) OVER ( ... ); ``` becomes: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1) AS count_up_to_1, COUNT_UP_TO(2) AS field_1, COUNT_UP_TO(3) AS count_up_to_3, COUNT_UP_TO(4) AS field_2 OVER ( ... ); ``` Requires: * Must be unique across all aggregation aliases. * Conform to document field name limitations.", + "type": "string" + }, + "count": { + "$ref": "Count", + "description": "Count aggregator." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AggregationResult": { + "description": "The result of a single bucket from a Firestore aggregation query. The keys of `aggregate_fields` are the same for all results in an aggregation query, unlike document queries which can have different fields present for each result.", + "id": "AggregationResult", + "properties": { + "aggregateFields": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "Value" + }, + "description": "The result of the aggregation functions, ex: `COUNT(*) AS total_docs`. The key is the alias assigned to the aggregation function on input and the size of this map equals the number of aggregation functions in the query.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ArrayValue": { "description": "An array value.", "id": "ArrayValue", @@ -1139,6 +1197,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Count": { + "description": "Count of documents that match the query. The `COUNT(*)` aggregation function operates on the entire document so it does not require a field reference.", + "id": "Count", + "properties": { + "upTo": { + "description": "Optional. Optional constraint on the maximum number of documents to count. This provides a way to set an upper bound on the number of documents to scan, limiting latency and cost. Unspecified is interpreted as no bound. High-Level Example: ``` AGGREGATE COUNT_UP_TO(1000) OVER ( SELECT * FROM k ); ``` Requires: * Must be greater than zero when present.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Cursor": { "description": "A position in a query result set.", "id": "Cursor", @@ -2094,6 +2164,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RunAggregationQueryRequest": { + "description": "The request for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.", + "id": "RunAggregationQueryRequest", + "properties": { + "newTransaction": { + "$ref": "TransactionOptions", + "description": "Starts a new transaction as part of the query, defaulting to read-only. The new transaction ID will be returned as the first response in the stream." + }, + "readTime": { + "description": "Executes the query at the given timestamp. Requires: * Cannot be more than 270 seconds in the past.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "structuredAggregationQuery": { + "$ref": "StructuredAggregationQuery", + "description": "An aggregation query." + }, + "transaction": { + "description": "Run the aggregation within an already active transaction. The value here is the opaque transaction ID to execute the query in.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RunAggregationQueryResponse": { + "description": "The response for Firestore.RunAggregationQuery.", + "id": "RunAggregationQueryResponse", + "properties": { + "readTime": { + "description": "The time at which the aggregate value is valid for.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "result": { + "$ref": "AggregationResult", + "description": "A single aggregation result. Not present when reporting partial progress." + }, + "transaction": { + "description": "The transaction that was started as part of this request. Only present on the first response when the request requested to start a new transaction.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RunQueryRequest": { "description": "The request for Firestore.RunQuery.", "id": "RunQueryRequest", @@ -2176,6 +2292,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "StructuredAggregationQuery": { + "description": "Firestore query for running an aggregation over a StructuredQuery.", + "id": "StructuredAggregationQuery", + "properties": { + "aggregations": { + "description": "Optional. Series of aggregations to apply over the results of the `structured_query`. Requires: * A minimum of one and maximum of five aggregations per query.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Aggregation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "structuredQuery": { + "$ref": "StructuredQuery", + "description": "Nested structured query." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "StructuredQuery": { "description": "A Firestore query.", "id": "StructuredQuery", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index a6912832a25..3d21929be07 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220831", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index d6ca23f6d08..83840123295 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index ae419ff37e0..d49746c9f97 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json index 6393b716f96..38d39348da8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementDefinition": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json index 031e976de89..71b3e53dc12 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementConfiguration": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json index 8c4e2628ca3..40be52a8bd0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementResetAllResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json index 6805266e9cc..b3876ede871 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json index fb6437a9a2d..6d1d1584472 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json index 1fad010ba08..aa814821b9b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 756a3033265..deeb53f0282 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json index 33babc7f706..0ded286eeee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json @@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoForwarding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index d97badcfc28..ddbfeeb199d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 83ab675c4e5..cd208e71cef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json index 3123423b479..0536a6c26cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index 1397f2fdb52..d33ca8677e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -4053,7 +4053,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220818", + "revision": "20220912", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { @@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@ "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." }, "members": { - "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ", + "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -4555,6 +4555,10 @@ "description": "An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the hash to be computed based on this key. A default key is generated for each Deidentify operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" + }, + "kmsWrapped": { + "$ref": "KmsWrappedCryptoKey", + "description": "KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4582,6 +4586,25 @@ "description": "An AES 128/192/256 bit key. Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the patient ID. A default key is generated for each de-identification operation and is used when neither `crypto_key` nor `kms_wrapped` is specified. Must not be set if `kms_wrapped` is set.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" + }, + "kmsWrapped": { + "$ref": "KmsWrappedCryptoKey", + "description": "KMS wrapped key. Must not be set if `crypto_key` is set." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "DeidentifiedStoreDestination": { + "description": "Contains configuration for streaming de-identified FHIR export.", + "id": "DeidentifiedStoreDestination", + "properties": { + "config": { + "$ref": "DeidentifyConfig", + "description": "The configuration to use when de-identifying resources that are added to this store." + }, + "store": { + "description": "The full resource name of a Cloud Healthcare FHIR store, for example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4670,6 +4693,10 @@ "resourceFilter": { "$ref": "FhirFilter", "description": "A filter specifying the resources to include in the output. If not specified, all resources are included in the output." + }, + "skipModifiedResources": { + "description": "If true, skips resources that are created or modified after the de-identify operation is created.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5701,6 +5728,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "KmsWrappedCryptoKey": { + "description": "Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS. The wrapped key must be a 128-, 192-, or 256-bit key. The key must grant the Cloud IAM permission `cloudkms.cryptoKeyVersions.useToDecrypt` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. For more information, see [Creating a wrapped key] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/create-wrapped-key).", + "id": "KmsWrappedCryptoKey", + "properties": { + "cryptoKey": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "wrappedKey": { + "description": "Required. The wrapped data crypto key.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "LinkedEntity": { "description": "EntityMentions can be linked to multiple entities using a LinkedEntity message lets us add other fields, e.g. confidence.", "id": "LinkedEntity", @@ -6594,6 +6637,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1FhirBigQueryDestination", "description": "The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, \"Patient\", \"Observation\". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging))." }, + "deidentifiedStoreDestination": { + "$ref": "DeidentifiedStoreDestination", + "description": "The destination FHIR store for de-identified resources. After this field is added, all subsequent creates/updates/patches to the source store will be de-identified using the provided configuration and applied to the destination store. Importing resources to the source store will not trigger the streaming. If the source store already contains resources when this option is enabled, those resources will not be copied to the destination store unless they are subsequently updated. This may result in invalid references in the destination store. Before adding this config, you must grant the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission on the destination store to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/permissions-healthcare-api-gcp-products#the_cloud_healthcare_service_agent). The destination store must set enable_update_create to true. The destination store must have disable_referential_integrity set to true. If a resource cannot be de-identified, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging))." + }, "resourceTypes": { "description": "Supply a FHIR resource type (such as \"Patient\" or \"Observation\"). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index bfcdeec6317..5296e294fec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220818", + "revision": "20220912", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { @@ -5171,7 +5171,7 @@ "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." }, "members": { - "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ", + "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json index a0def975b10..40e6e15d27b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentDeviceId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 779177a9b46..1ad92c633ee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminAuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json index 4bfaa4da27f..28c149627b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 307ae5c563f..ab2da7eaa39 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index aed559b5ca2..f64eb82a1f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index f80878e0df6..69f6a4ef12d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json index e5860ae30bf..0755c174222 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json index e9208c02579..9b934f130c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1betaAvailableLocale": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index 96b13b08211..288568b6c4f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index ac58e9a86b6..3e6138691c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1559,9 +1559,37 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { + "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { + "description": "Defines a policy of allowing every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list.", + "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault", + "properties": { + "disallowedRegions": { + "description": "Two letter unicode region codes to disallow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowlistOnly": { + "description": "Defines a policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist.", + "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowlistOnly", + "properties": { + "allowedRegions": { + "description": "Two letter unicode region codes to allow as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/ The full list of these region codes is here: https://github.com/unicode-cldr/cldr-localenames-full/blob/master/main/en/territories.json", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2Anonymous": { "description": "Configuration options related to authenticating an anonymous user.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2Anonymous", @@ -1726,6 +1754,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SignInConfig", "description": "Configuration related to local sign in methods." }, + "smsRegionConfig": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsRegionConfig", + "description": "Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending." + }, "subtype": { "description": "Output only. The subtype of this config.", "enum": [ @@ -2444,6 +2476,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsRegionConfig": { + "description": "Configures the regions where users are allowed to send verification SMS for the project or tenant. This is based on the calling code of the destination phone number.", + "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsRegionConfig", + "properties": { + "allowByDefault": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault", + "description": "A policy of allowing SMS to every region by default and adding disallowed regions to a disallow list." + }, + "allowlistOnly": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowlistOnly", + "description": "A policy of only allowing regions by explicitly adding them to an allowlist." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsTemplate": { "description": "The template to use when sending an SMS.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsTemplate", @@ -2613,6 +2660,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "smsRegionConfig": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2SmsRegionConfig", + "description": "Configures which regions are enabled for SMS verification code sending." + }, "testPhoneNumbers": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json index d54fb26cd74..a4b7a1bd042 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index a4a6622a39d..630225b4298 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json index 90e98cea86a..7f6f4a65257 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://kgsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SearchResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 04382733885..a66917a0fbc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -511,10 +511,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ClassificationModelOptions": { + "description": "Model options available for classification requests.", + "id": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "properties": { + "v1Model": { + "$ref": "V1Model", + "description": "Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future." + }, + "v2Model": { + "$ref": "V2Model", + "description": "Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ClassifyTextRequest": { "description": "The document classification request message.", "id": "ClassifyTextRequest", "properties": { + "classificationModelOptions": { + "$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "description": "Model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified." + }, "document": { "$ref": "Document", "description": "Required. Input document." @@ -856,6 +875,10 @@ "description": "All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input.", "id": "Features", "properties": { + "classificationModelOptions": { + "$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "description": "The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true." + }, "classifyText": { "description": "Classify the full document into categories.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1243,6 +1266,33 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "V1Model": { + "description": "Options for the V1 model.", + "id": "V1Model", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "V2Model": { + "description": "Options for the V2 model.", + "id": "V2Model", + "properties": { + "contentCategoriesVersion": { + "description": "The content categories used for classification.", + "enum": [ + "CONTENT_CATEGORIES_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "If `ContentCategoriesVersion` is not specified, this option will default to `V1`.", + "Legacy content categories of our initial launch in 2017.", + "Updated content categories in 2022." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json index 64c3deb766b..ee94997960a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index c40c6642e5b..48f4d47678a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -511,10 +511,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ClassificationModelOptions": { + "description": "Model options available for classification requests.", + "id": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "properties": { + "v1Model": { + "$ref": "V1Model", + "description": "Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future." + }, + "v2Model": { + "$ref": "V2Model", + "description": "Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ClassifyTextRequest": { "description": "The document classification request message.", "id": "ClassifyTextRequest", "properties": { + "classificationModelOptions": { + "$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "description": "Model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified." + }, "document": { "$ref": "Document", "description": "Required. Input document." @@ -874,6 +893,10 @@ "description": "All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input. Next ID: 11", "id": "Features", "properties": { + "classificationModelOptions": { + "$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", + "description": "The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true." + }, "classifyText": { "description": "Classify the full document into categories. If this is true, the API will use the default model which classifies into a [predefined taxonomy](https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/categories).", "type": "boolean" @@ -1261,6 +1284,33 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "V1Model": { + "description": "Options for the V1 model.", + "id": "V1Model", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "V2Model": { + "description": "Options for the V2 model.", + "id": "V2Model", + "properties": { + "contentCategoriesVersion": { + "description": "The content categories used for classification.", + "enum": [ + "CONTENT_CATEGORIES_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "If `ContentCategoriesVersion` is not specified, this option will default to `V1`.", + "Legacy content categories of our initial launch in 2017.", + "Updated content categories in 2022." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index e2de046f5d4..7f5fc59d943 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index 7c992ce95f7..0882d52bf92 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index 6f9624538cb..1b828072729 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220819", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ "DATA_LOSS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Not an error; returned on success HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", + "Not an error; returned on success. HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", "The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller. HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request", "Unknown error. For example, this error may be returned when a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to an error space that is not known in this address space. Also errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information may be converted to this error. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", "The client specified an invalid argument. Note that this differs from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments that are problematic regardless of the state of the system (e.g., a malformed file name). HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index 9d8c88af1e1..66d4404dadc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index 7e170114e39..07a9c482357 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "viewId": { - "description": "Required. The id to use for this view.", + "description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-view\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "viewId": { - "description": "Required. The id to use for this view.", + "description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-view\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "viewId": { - "description": "Required. The id to use for this view.", + "description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-view\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "viewId": { - "description": "Required. The id to use for this view.", + "description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-view\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -4952,7 +4952,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "viewId": { - "description": "Required. The id to use for this view.", + "description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-view\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -6007,7 +6007,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220826", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BigQueryOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json index 80f37624fe3..b338441f184 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://manufacturers.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 97fc31a0d3d..2654ae75567 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1549,10 +1549,12 @@ "description": "The type of the backend metastore.", "enum": [ "METASTORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "BIGQUERY", "DATAPROC_METASTORE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The metastore type is not set.", + "The backend metastore is BigQuery.", "The backend metastore is Dataproc Metastore." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index 1cad5c15382..7237f74c1c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1549,10 +1549,12 @@ "description": "The type of the backend metastore.", "enum": [ "METASTORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "BIGQUERY", "DATAPROC_METASTORE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The metastore type is not set.", + "The backend metastore is BigQuery.", "The backend metastore is Dataproc Metastore." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json index 98228893dc8..6496e47e766 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220902", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApi__HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 63031f91565..63b9f3bdeb8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1837,15 +1837,7 @@ "TableDisplayOptions": { "description": "Table display options that can be reused.", "id": "TableDisplayOptions", - "properties": { - "shownColumns": { - "description": "Optional. Columns to display in the table. Leave empty to display all available columns. Note: This field is for future features and is not currently used.", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, + "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, "Text": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 1a6b3048296..3fe6c7ffa0a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index bd5d3d474c2..f12c9c9c224 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinesscalls.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinesscalls.v1.json index ecb95c2a003..475d5eb9546 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinesscalls.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinesscalls.v1.json @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinesscalls.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateMetrics": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 0969cef902c..3e688eac22b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index 89117aac2c7..2b7751d3b63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index 11db41ff911..8dbf099d391 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index 873a716882b..13a49543df4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index a5fc052afff..a468c6d3c20 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index a5496b4aea7..2f0ae68c135 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 48dcb50b276..6ea3fc90711 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index f82bde1c1a7..debed143245 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -177,97 +177,6 @@ } }, "resources": { - "connectionPolicies": { - "methods": { - "getIamPolicy": { - "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectionPolicies/{connectionPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.connectionPolicies.getIamPolicy", - "parameterOrder": [ - "resource" - ], - "parameters": { - "options.requestedPolicyVersion": { - "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", - "format": "int32", - "location": "query", - "type": "integer" - }, - "resource": { - "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectionPolicies/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", - "response": { - "$ref": "Policy" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "setIamPolicy": { - "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectionPolicies/{connectionPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.connectionPolicies.setIamPolicy", - "parameterOrder": [ - "resource" - ], - "parameters": { - "resource": { - "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectionPolicies/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", - "request": { - "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "Policy" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "testIamPermissions": { - "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectionPolicies/{connectionPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.connectionPolicies.testIamPermissions", - "parameterOrder": [ - "resource" - ], - "parameters": { - "resource": { - "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectionPolicies/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", - "request": { - "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - } - } - }, "global": { "resources": { "hubs": { @@ -755,13 +664,104 @@ } } }, - "serviceIdentifiers": { + "serviceClasses": { + "methods": { + "getIamPolicy": { + "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:getIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.getIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "options.requestedPolicyVersion": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "setIamPolicy": { + "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:setIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.setIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", + "request": { + "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "testIamPermissions": { + "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:testIamPermissions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.testIamPermissions", + "parameterOrder": [ + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "resource": { + "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", + "request": { + "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "serviceConnectionMaps": { "methods": { "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceIdentifiers/{serviceIdentifiersId}:getIamPolicy", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.getIamPolicy", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceIdentifiers/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -790,9 +790,9 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceIdentifiers/{serviceIdentifiersId}:setIamPolicy", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.setIamPolicy", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceIdentifiers/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -818,9 +818,9 @@ }, "testIamPermissions": { "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceIdentifiers/{serviceIdentifiersId}:testIamPermissions", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.testIamPermissions", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceIdentifiers/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -846,13 +846,13 @@ } } }, - "serviceInstances": { + "serviceConnectionPolicies": { "methods": { "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceInstances/{serviceInstancesId}:getIamPolicy", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceInstances.getIamPolicy", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceInstances/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -881,9 +881,9 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceInstances/{serviceInstancesId}:setIamPolicy", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceInstances.setIamPolicy", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceInstances/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -909,9 +909,9 @@ }, "testIamPermissions": { "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceInstances/{serviceInstancesId}:testIamPermissions", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceInstances.testIamPermissions", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "resource" ], @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceInstances/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index 774295a658e..b089e250e3c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -1661,6 +1661,13 @@ "description": "Destination IP range of the route.", "type": "string" }, + "destPortRanges": { + "description": "Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "displayName": { "description": "Name of a Compute Engine route.", "type": "string" @@ -1717,6 +1724,13 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, + "protocols": { + "description": "Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "routeType": { "description": "Type of route.", "enum": [ @@ -1726,7 +1740,8 @@ "DYNAMIC", "PEERING_SUBNET", "PEERING_STATIC", - "PEERING_DYNAMIC" + "PEERING_DYNAMIC", + "POLICY_BASED_ROUTE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified type. Default value.", @@ -1735,10 +1750,22 @@ "Dynamic route exchanged between BGP peers.", "A subnet route received from peering network.", "A static route received from peering network.", - "A dynamic route received from peering network." + "A dynamic route received from peering network.", + "Policy based route." ], "type": "string" }, + "srcIpRange": { + "description": "Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "type": "string" + }, + "srcPortRanges": { + "description": "Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "uri": { "description": "URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index 7803fa8f421..61381a10e97 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -1804,6 +1804,13 @@ "description": "Destination IP range of the route.", "type": "string" }, + "destPortRanges": { + "description": "Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "displayName": { "description": "Name of a Compute Engine route.", "type": "string" @@ -1860,6 +1867,13 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, + "protocols": { + "description": "Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "routeType": { "description": "Type of route.", "enum": [ @@ -1869,7 +1883,8 @@ "DYNAMIC", "PEERING_SUBNET", "PEERING_STATIC", - "PEERING_DYNAMIC" + "PEERING_DYNAMIC", + "POLICY_BASED_ROUTE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified type. Default value.", @@ -1878,10 +1893,22 @@ "Dynamic route exchanged between BGP peers.", "A subnet route received from peering network.", "A static route received from peering network.", - "A dynamic route received from peering network." + "A dynamic route received from peering network.", + "Policy based route." ], "type": "string" }, + "srcIpRange": { + "description": "Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "type": "string" + }, + "srcPortRanges": { + "description": "Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "uri": { "description": "URI of a Compute Engine route. Dynamic route from cloud router does not have a URI. Advertised route from Google Cloud VPC to on-premises network also does not have a URI.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 90536b9be64..149fae4c15a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220906", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 4c2cfb6a7b4..525e8428233 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220906", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index f9db05f3a3e..aacf1fa738d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ "Resource is known but no action has been taken yet.", "Resource is being analyzed.", "Analysis has finished successfully.", - "Analysis has completed", + "Analysis has completed.", "Analysis has finished unsuccessfully, the analysis itself is in a bad state.", "The resource is known not to be supported." ], @@ -2322,6 +2322,20 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, + "cvssVersion": { + "description": "Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.", + "enum": [ + "CVSS_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "CVSS_VERSION_2", + "CVSS_VERSION_3" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, "cvssv3": { "$ref": "CVSS", "description": "The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index 26d1be75236..2fdaf844561 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ "Resource is known but no action has been taken yet.", "Resource is being analyzed.", "Analysis has finished successfully.", - "Analysis has completed", + "Analysis has completed.", "Analysis has finished unsuccessfully, the analysis itself is in a bad state.", "The resource is known not to be supported." ], @@ -2318,6 +2318,20 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, + "cvssVersion": { + "description": "Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.", + "enum": [ + "CVSS_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "CVSS_VERSION_2", + "CVSS_VERSION_3" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, "cvssv3": { "$ref": "CVSS", "description": "The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index 61d41190d4e..dc5e562b4d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index 3ffd7f1e213..ac0ca1ae48f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220829", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json index 0e3d57e170a..5cb2013eb50 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220829", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json index 29e6f20ef8e..578602bfe4f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220829", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index ee0b4ef27ec..e7b814b9f3e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index 3b6bc4b2bc8..793ba28aec8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220919", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index 5645fe687c9..445cfcc6f17 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 15e07d91352..fbaa59963a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index ccb91dc376c..9df83545ba3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index 93eda8853de..4097eefd635 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index bdbe1b1d480..2cccfe6bf39 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index b5aced2b82e..378aadac104 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index a65b1472406..fa61f899abd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json index 15aa71c6d81..d334ff76832 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json index 2ccd636b556..2786b07ae09 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json index 4ec217b868c..d332dcbde18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index 9ff3bae62cb..2c1e78fdaac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { @@ -2947,13 +2947,14 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "exclusiveAction": { + "description": "Excluisive action returned by the CLH.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN_REPAIR_ACTION", "DELETE", "RETRY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "", + "Unknown repair action.", "The resource has to be deleted. When using this bit, the CLH should fail the operation. DEPRECATED. Instead use DELETE_RESOURCE OperationSignal in SideChannel. For more information - go/ccfe-delete-on-upsert, go/ccfe-reconciliation-protocol-ug#apply_delete", "This resource could not be repaired but the repair should be tried again at a later time. This can happen if there is a dependency that needs to be resolved first- e.g. if a parent resource must be repaired before a child resource." ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index ee63466f95a..e3e4d4e7ca8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { @@ -2394,13 +2394,14 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "exclusiveAction": { + "description": "Excluisive action returned by the CLH.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN_REPAIR_ACTION", "DELETE", "RETRY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "", + "Unknown repair action.", "The resource has to be deleted. When using this bit, the CLH should fail the operation. DEPRECATED. Instead use DELETE_RESOURCE OperationSignal in SideChannel. For more information - go/ccfe-delete-on-upsert, go/ccfe-reconciliation-protocol-ug#apply_delete", "This resource could not be repaired but the repair should be tried again at a later time. This can happen if there is a dependency that needs to be resolved first- e.g. if a parent resource must be repaired before a child resource." ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 41723c31d1e..2b0ee3b503d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index d5ca8992b99..2604fbafcdf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json index 0a9b45a7deb..fde8d750207 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json index 267fa097d77..279b5c87398 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json index bc53e0d849c..3827109f69e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index e04ff089cc1..bd0c3fb884e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { @@ -1804,6 +1804,10 @@ "$ref": "NativeContent", "description": "A native creative." }, + "renderUrl": { + "description": "Experimental field that can be used during the [FLEDGE Origin Trial](/authorized-buyers/rtb/fledge-origin-trial). The URL to fetch an interest group ad used in [TURTLEDOVE on-device auction](https://github.com/WICG/turtledove/blob/main/FLEDGE.md#1-browsers-record-interest-groups\"). This should be unique among all creatives for a given `accountId`.", + "type": "string" + }, "restrictedCategories": { "description": "All restricted categories for the ads that may be shown from this creative.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json index 16a1b95818d..8446cee516a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index 77fc707f091..641248e6f2d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "hostname": { - "description": "The hostname of the page on which the token was generated.", + "description": "The hostname of the page on which the token was generated (Web keys only).", "type": "string" }, "invalidReason": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json index 3d699c82755..ce015f937a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 69d978e2e76..b3b22db76ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -110,6 +110,72 @@ "locations": { "resources": { "insightTypes": { + "methods": { + "getConfig": { + "description": "Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.", + "flatPath": "v1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/insightTypes/{insightTypesId}/config", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.getConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "updateConfig": { + "description": "Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.", + "flatPath": "v1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/insightTypes/{insightTypesId}/config", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.updateConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "validateOnly": { + "description": "If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "insights": { "methods": { @@ -212,6 +278,72 @@ } }, "recommenders": { + "methods": { + "getConfig": { + "description": "Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.", + "flatPath": "v1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/recommenders/{recommendersId}/config", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.getConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "updateConfig": { + "description": "Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.", + "flatPath": "v1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/recommenders/{recommendersId}/config", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.updateConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "validateOnly": { + "description": "If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "recommendations": { "methods": { @@ -657,7 +789,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -825,7 +957,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1057,7 +1189,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1225,7 +1357,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1442,7 +1574,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index bab352ebcf4..09aae2a1b3c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -110,6 +110,72 @@ "locations": { "resources": { "insightTypes": { + "methods": { + "getConfig": { + "description": "Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/insightTypes/{insightTypesId}/config", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.getConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "updateConfig": { + "description": "Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/insightTypes/{insightTypesId}/config", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.updateConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "validateOnly": { + "description": "If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightTypeConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "insights": { "methods": { @@ -212,6 +278,72 @@ } }, "recommenders": { + "methods": { + "getConfig": { + "description": "Gets the requested Recommender Config. There is only one instance of the config for each Recommender.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/recommenders/{recommendersId}/config", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.getConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "updateConfig": { + "description": "Updates a Recommender Config. This will create a new revision of the config.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations/{locationsId}/recommenders/{recommendersId}/config", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "recommender.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.updateConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of recommender config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "validateOnly": { + "description": "If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "recommendations": { "methods": { @@ -657,7 +789,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -825,7 +957,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1057,7 +1189,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/insightTypes/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1225,7 +1357,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", + "description": "Required. Name of the Recommendation Config to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]/config`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/recommenders/[^/]+/config$", "required": true, @@ -1442,7 +1574,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": { @@ -1518,14 +1650,16 @@ "COST", "SECURITY", "PERFORMANCE", - "MANAGEABILITY" + "MANAGEABILITY", + "SUSTAINABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified category.", "The insight is related to cost.", "The insight is related to security.", "The insight is related to performance.", - "This insight is related to manageability." + "This insight is related to manageability.", + "The insight is related to sustainability." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 280273dc256..36ebb035154 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index 42003724081..7da1ad22c4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 3f9170fabec..a95fce595b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 049759b6187..a62c9690a24 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index b39267c9e6e..737071b53e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PredictRequest", "properties": { "filter": { - "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", + "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", "type": "string" }, "labels": { @@ -5012,7 +5012,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigPanel", "properties": { "candidates": { - "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10.", + "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigCandidate" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json index 1ed707af978..b8af59bf647 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json @@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigPanel", "properties": { "candidates": { - "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10.", + "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigCandidate" }, @@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaPredictRequest", "properties": { "filter": { - "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", + "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", "type": "string" }, "labels": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index b2e61530f13..298ca29eaf3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220917", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigPanel", "properties": { "candidates": { - "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10.", + "description": "Required. The candidates to consider on the panel.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaModelPageOptimizationConfigCandidate" }, @@ -4394,7 +4394,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPredictRequest", "properties": { "filter": { - "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", + "description": "Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-\"tagA\"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT \"tagA\"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: \"Recently viewed\" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=(\"Red\" OR \"Blue\") tag=\"New-Arrival\" tag=(NOT \"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-\"promotional\") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return *no* results. If instead you want empty result sets to return generic (unfiltered) popular products, set `strictFiltering` to False in `PredictRequest.params`. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of \"EXPIRED\" or \"DELETED\" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Phones\")) * (availability: ANY(\"IN_STOCK\")) AND (colors: ANY(\"Red\") OR categories: ANY(\"Phones\"))", "type": "string" }, "labels": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 17992d36a9d..855f3122686 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220911", + "revision": "20220918", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index af1dc530c9d..2ca160b6be2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220911", + "revision": "20220918", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -1265,6 +1265,10 @@ "description": "Required. URL of the Container image in Google Container Registry or Google Artifact Registry. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images", "type": "string" }, + "livenessProbe": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Probe", + "description": "Not Supported By Cloud Run. Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes" + }, "name": { "description": "Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL.", "type": "string" @@ -1280,6 +1284,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2ResourceRequirements", "description": "Compute Resource requirements by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources" }, + "startupProbe": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Probe", + "description": "Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes" + }, "volumeMounts": { "description": "Volume to mount into the container's filesystem.", "items": { @@ -1557,6 +1565,63 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudRunV2GRPCAction": { + "description": "GRPCAction describes an action involving a GRPC port.", + "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2GRPCAction", + "properties": { + "port": { + "description": "Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "service": { + "description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPGetAction": { + "description": "HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests.", + "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPGetAction", + "properties": { + "host": { + "description": "Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set \"Host\" in httpHeaders instead.", + "type": "string" + }, + "httpHeaders": { + "description": "Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPHeader" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "path": { + "description": "Path to access on the HTTP server. Defaults to '/'.", + "type": "string" + }, + "scheme": { + "description": "Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPHeader": { + "description": "HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes", + "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPHeader", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The header field name", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "Required. The header field value", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudRunV2Job": { "description": "Job represents the configuration of a single job. A job an immutable resource that references a container image which is run to completion.", "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2Job", @@ -1797,6 +1862,45 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudRunV2Probe": { + "description": "Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic.", + "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2Probe", + "properties": { + "failureThreshold": { + "description": "Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "grpc": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2GRPCAction", + "description": "GRPC specifies an action involving a GRPC port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or GRPC must be specified." + }, + "httpGet": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2HTTPGetAction", + "description": "HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified." + }, + "initialDelaySeconds": { + "description": "Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "periodSeconds": { + "description": "How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "tcpSocket": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2TCPSocketAction", + "description": "TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. Exactly one of HTTPGet, TCPSocket, or gRPC must be specified. TCP hooks not yet supported" + }, + "timeoutSeconds": { + "description": "Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value is 3600. Must be smaller than period_seconds. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudRunV2ResourceRequirements": { "description": "ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements.", "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2ResourceRequirements", @@ -2326,6 +2430,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudRunV2TCPSocketAction": { + "description": "TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket", + "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2TCPSocketAction", + "properties": { + "host": { + "description": "Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.", + "type": "string" + }, + "port": { + "description": "Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudRunV2Task": { "description": "Task represents a single run of a container to completion.", "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2Task", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json index 2ead8ac331e..37c6b17a9a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json index a8c8b46cd3e..a2cd7b29241 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index 602a5054e9c..a2e001433fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 2c513bc61ef..a06ac420511 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220825", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index 7fb1a564f37..1e1f5a9d746 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 81427d4a658..dd070368c3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json index f4e4de1bdbd..8a137268396 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json index b3cb03ba2ef..ac851753378 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index de16e3208d4..d4dcfa546ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -3103,6 +3103,10 @@ "userAgentFamily": { "description": "What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc.", "type": "string" + }, + "username": { + "description": "A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4097,6 +4101,18 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource": { + "description": "A resource that is exposed as a result of a finding.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath": { + "description": "A path that an attacker could take to reach an exposed resource.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 0a9fd8003f7..dd48d8d4b18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -941,6 +941,10 @@ "userAgentFamily": { "description": "What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc.", "type": "string" + }, + "username": { + "description": "A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1911,6 +1915,18 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource": { + "description": "A resource that is exposed as a result of a finding.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath": { + "description": "A path that an attacker could take to reach an exposed resource.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 1c9ec2d1d6a..8e18b5f0a69 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220921", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2026,6 +2026,10 @@ "userAgentFamily": { "description": "What kind of user agent is associated, e.g. operating system shells, embedded or stand-alone applications, etc.", "type": "string" + }, + "username": { + "description": "A string representing a username. This is likely not an IAM principal. For instance, this may be the system user name if the finding is VM-related, or this may be some type of application login user name, depending on the type of finding.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2955,6 +2959,18 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource": { + "description": "A resource that is exposed as a result of a finding.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposedResource", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath": { + "description": "A path that an attacker could take to reach an exposed resource.", + "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExposurePath", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 4d38ea7d97e..befeb5dc783 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index dc61b14c4b7..c40a6ebdd2f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index 3d0675e5cbe..d743100131b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220902", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { @@ -531,7 +531,8 @@ "LOAS_PROJECT_LOOKUP_UNAVAILABLE", "CLOUD_RESOURCE_MANAGER_BACKEND_UNAVAILABLE", "SECURITY_POLICY_BACKEND_UNAVAILABLE", - "LOCATION_POLICY_BACKEND_UNAVAILABLE" + "LOCATION_POLICY_BACKEND_UNAVAILABLE", + "INJECTED_ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is never used in `CheckResponse`.", @@ -569,7 +570,8 @@ "The Spanner for looking up LOAS project is unavailable.", "Cloud Resource Manager backend server is unavailable.", "NOTE: for customers in the scope of Beta/GA of https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls, this error is no longer returned. If the security backend is unavailable, rpc UNAVAILABLE status will be returned instead. It should be ignored and should not be used to reject client requests.", - "Backend server for evaluating location policy is unavailable." + "Backend server for evaluating location policy is unavailable.", + "Part of the project of fault injection: go/chemist-slo-validation. To distinguish between artificially injected errors and organic ones, this value will be exported for the per_service_check_error_count streamz. http://google3/apiserving/servicecontrol/server/controller_service.cc;l=196 Rpcinjectz2 works by injecting errors early in the rpc life cycle, before any of the chemist business logic runs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1299,7 +1301,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "principal": { - "description": "The identity of this peer. Similar to `Request.auth.principal`, but relative to the peer instead of the request. For example, the idenity associated with a load balancer that forwared the request.", + "description": "The identity of this peer. Similar to `Request.auth.principal`, but relative to the peer instead of the request. For example, the identity associated with a load balancer that forwarded the request.", "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index 4e09d717527..de98f2b72a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220907", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 45025c95efd..be6ed6e7f1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220907", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index 24ee5e2256e..109f9b0f3ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220913", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index dbbb73cd422..b992a5c6678 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index 3fab65bc793..7766a394e60 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 4f256058f48..02b3504fea0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminQuotaPolicy": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 94a3ecc9513..1de50096ef2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminQuotaPolicy": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 106e04f286b..e47a3d95d5e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index c77c368f23b..bb218dd676e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220915", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json index 65f70a55cc5..b8a77905e41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json index 4d61168c614..175dc1ae2c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220923", "rootUrl": "https://sourcerepo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index 3f2d5df5e1d..041aad13e3f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClassItem": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index 5d954fba0af..63a4f950265 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClassItem": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 586a85f16b4..56afe6640ba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220905", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ "id": "CloneContext", "properties": { "allocatedIpRange": { - "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.", + "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.", "type": "string" }, "binLogCoordinates": { @@ -2290,14 +2290,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -2305,8 +2307,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2318,14 +2318,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -2333,8 +2335,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2476,14 +2476,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -2491,8 +2493,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2504,14 +2504,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -2519,8 +2521,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2993,14 +2993,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -3008,8 +3010,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -3021,14 +3021,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -3036,8 +3038,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ "id": "IpConfiguration", "properties": { "allocatedIpRange": { - "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.`", + "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.`", "type": "string" }, "authorizedNetworks": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index 47028e3a3f8..d42e60dc24d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220905", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ "id": "CloneContext", "properties": { "allocatedIpRange": { - "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.", + "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the cloned instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.", "type": "string" }, "binLogCoordinates": { @@ -2290,14 +2290,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -2305,8 +2307,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2318,14 +2318,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -2333,8 +2335,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2476,14 +2476,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -2491,8 +2493,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2504,14 +2504,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -2519,8 +2521,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2993,14 +2993,16 @@ "MYSQL_5_5", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", - "POSTGRES_9_6", - "POSTGRES_11", "SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS", "SQLSERVER_2017_WEB", + "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_10", + "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_12", + "POSTGRES_13", + "POSTGRES_14", "MYSQL_8_0", "MYSQL_8_0_18", "MYSQL_8_0_26", @@ -3008,8 +3010,6 @@ "MYSQL_8_0_28", "MYSQL_8_0_29", "MYSQL_8_0_30", - "POSTGRES_13", - "POSTGRES_14", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -3021,14 +3021,16 @@ "The database version is MySQL 5.5.", "The database version is MySQL 5.6.", "The database version is MySQL 5.7.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Express.", "The database version is SQL Server 2017 Web.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 9.6.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 10.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 11.", "The database version is PostgreSQL 12.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", + "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is MySQL 8.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 18.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 26.", @@ -3036,8 +3038,6 @@ "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 28.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 29.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 30.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 13.", - "The database version is PostgreSQL 14.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ "id": "IpConfiguration", "properties": { "allocatedIpRange": { - "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.`", + "description": "The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip Cloud SQL instance. For example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.`", "type": "string" }, "authorizedNetworks": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index c7bfd8d8ff3..9109ffe005d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/", - "etag": "\"3137343834393930383330303039303536333930\"", + "etag": "\"34303135323433323736353636383331343638\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index f8f2c5e307b..2522d8f96c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220919", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ "DATA_LOSS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Not an error; returned on success HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", + "Not an error; returned on success. HTTP Mapping: 200 OK", "The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller. HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request", "Unknown error. For example, this error may be returned when a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to an error space that is not known in this address space. Also errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information may be converted to this error. HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error", "The client specified an invalid argument. Note that this differs from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments that are problematic regardless of the state of the system (e.g., a malformed file name). HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 57eea00e3ff..5f4a6594b14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { @@ -1031,7 +1031,8 @@ "IMU_DATA_GAP", "UNSUPPORTED_CAMERA", "NOT_OUTDOORS", - "INSUFFICIENT_VIDEO_FRAMES" + "INSUFFICIENT_VIDEO_FRAMES", + "INSUFFICIENT_MOVEMENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The failure reason is unspecified, this is the default value.", @@ -1055,7 +1056,8 @@ "IMU (Accelerometer, Gyroscope, etc.) data contain gaps greater than 0.1 seconds in duration.", "The camera is not supported.", "Some frames were indoors, which is unsupported.", - "Not enough video frames." + "Not enough video frames.", + "Not enough moving data." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 00a9f970f09..ab31e6601f8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ } }, "token": { - "description": "Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.", + "description": "Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundary at the moment. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.", "flatPath": "v1/token", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sts.token", @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenRequest", "properties": { "audience": { - "description": "The full resource name of the identity provider; for example: `//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token.", + "description": "The full resource name of the identity provider; for example: `//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/` for workload identity pool providers, or `//iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//providers/` for workforce pool providers. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token.", "type": "string" }, "grantType": { @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subjectToken": { - "description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/56776/sstc-saml-core-errata-2.0-wd-07.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", + "description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/56776/sstc-saml-core-errata-2.0-wd-07.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", "type": "string" }, "subjectTokenType": { @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "username": { - "description": "The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`", + "description": "The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`. If the provided token is associated with a workforce pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//subject/`.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 1ce29fe75ae..0d69008ecc9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index fbe3a74f36d..ea240429f27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 6f6ac888eed..2f9edbb166c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "path": { - "description": "GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}", + "description": "GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}.", + "description": "GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3269,7 +3269,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "GTM Accounts's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}", + "description": "GTM Account's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220914", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index d4cca6dce14..065bf4378e7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index a5a13cd12e7..a18d82f3a53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220912", + "revision": "20220913", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index affe8f57a6c..0c822b3961e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index e44c69cc06f..e55e0e59d41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index fb8bc6ca2a0..24bb3cf5014 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220919", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json index abae74155b0..8168d3faa1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220914", "rootUrl": "https://trafficdirector.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index 7a0d90699cc..cdf618da4f8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json index 98371c63fbe..ab354772b59 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json index dfa53190411..522dc194957 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220909", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index 07502293169..6acc27b3ded 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220907", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index ad0fa44c65a..0f2378dfeb8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220919", + "revision": "20220922", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json index f05b52e1bcb..850c75351e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddProductToProductSetRequest": { @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "model": { - "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\".", + "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support \"builtin/weekly\" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly.", "type": "string" }, "type": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json index 3c909a69519..8392dc7af9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "model": { - "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\".", + "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support \"builtin/weekly\" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly.", "type": "string" }, "type": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json index fba7f3474e0..7b30e8527bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { @@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "model": { - "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\".", + "description": "Model to use for the feature. Supported values: \"builtin/stable\" (the default if unset) and \"builtin/latest\". `DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION` and `TEXT_DETECTION` also support \"builtin/weekly\" for the bleeding edge release updated weekly.", "type": "string" }, "type": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index bed51e76b4f..62d0ebd7111 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddGroupMigrationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index 9219c4b30a5..e9e248dc479 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220908", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdaptingOSStep": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json index 24fc7bb1cb4..3de9ad02282 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220904", + "revision": "20220920", "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Webfont": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 8cf414c30fd..a14543e0d33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220910", + "revision": "20220916", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json index 4fd25d94cb1..102cd85d9a5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220825", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json index 88dc8bdb957..b1b16cebb94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220825", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json index f55579f7dc0..a4913caf47c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220825", + "revision": "20220915", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 96b4191f51f..e95f2931cdb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -3829,7 +3829,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220926", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { @@ -8046,6 +8046,11 @@ "description": "Statistics about the live broadcast. These represent a snapshot of the values at the time of the request. Statistics are only returned for live broadcasts.", "id": "LiveBroadcastStatistics", "properties": { + "concurrentViewers": { + "description": "The number of viewers currently watching the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast has current viewers and the broadcast owner has not hidden the viewcount for the video. Note that YouTube stops tracking the number of concurrent viewers for a broadcast when the broadcast ends. So, this property would not identify the number of viewers watching an archived video of a live broadcast that already ended.", + "format": "uint64", + "type": "string" + }, "totalChatCount": { "description": "The total number of live chat messages currently on the broadcast. The property and its value will be present if the broadcast is public, has the live chat feature enabled, and has at least one message. Note that this field will not be filled after the broadcast ends. So this property would not identify the number of chat messages for an archived video of a completed live broadcast.", "format": "uint64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index c4d55338209..1b24d7601cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220916", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index 08d4c2f55c5..169f22bd13f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20220917", + "revision": "20220925", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/version.py b/googleapiclient/version.py index c5bfc5d0265..a678525f455 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/version.py +++ b/googleapiclient/version.py @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and # limitations under the License. -__version__ = "2.62.0" +__version__ = "2.63.0" diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt index 6328b5f1472..3b659116658 100644 --- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt +++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -google-api-python-client==2.61.0 -google-auth==2.11.0 +google-api-python-client==2.62.0 +google-auth==2.11.1 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0